Brandoni Catalogo Generale GB

1961-2011
years love
0
5
r
Fo
been in
e
v
a
h
we
alves
v
h
t
i
w
Headquarters: via Novara 199

28078 Romagnano Sesia (NO) ITALY
Ph. +39 0163 828111 Fax +39 0163 828130
info@brandoni.it www.brandoni.it
China: BRANDONI QIANAN VALVES CO. LTD.
www.brandoni.net.cn
Spain: ACUAFLOW VALVES S.L.
www.acuaflowvalves.es
Summary
10
SHUT-OFF VALVES
242
FILTRATION
110
CHECK VALVES
256
JOINTS
162
184
PROTECTION
REGULATION
270
280
SOLENOId VALVES
INFO
Brandonis general catalogue is the support that we

give to our clientele for clear and easy consultation.
It contains all of our history:
> 50 years of passion and dedication
> 50 years of experience, with some useful advise
> 50 years of products, organized by application field
www.brandoni.it
Our company
keeping up with a changing world
Founded in 1961 by Gian Renzo and Pier
Francesco Brandoni, the company Fratelli
Brandoni produces components for the
electromechanical industry supplying
companies such as Pirelli, 3 M and CEAT.
In 1985, the company diversifies its

activities and becomes the first producer
of flanged ball valves in cast iron, with
extremely innovative characteristics.
Until the 90s, the growth of the company
was driven mainly by a successful
technical approach:
The construction and production of
valves according to the strict European
standards and norms
Substantial investments in technology
to achieve high automation levels in
production.
1995: A turning point, the company

becomes Brandoni SpA and evolves from
a product-related strategy to a marketoriented strategy in response to the
requirements of the new global market.
In the same year, Brandoni SpA is one of the first
companies in the Valsesia district to obtain the
ISO 9002 quality certification, which recently became
UNI EN ISO 9001 version 2008.
www.brandoni.it
during 2004, ACUAFLOW VALVES S.L. is founded in Madrid to serve the

Spanish market with products related to the water cycle.
In 2006, Brandoni opens its plant at QianAn in China, which has been
certified ISO 9001 recently for the production of butterfly valves, ball
check valves, soft seated gate valves and filters, products formerly
distributed by Brandoni.
2007: In order to enhance service to the fast developing East-European

area, Brandoni adheres to the HIdROTECH consortium.
TODAY, innovation is the keyword and the driving

force that governs Brandonis activities, with
investments in research and development,
as well as in renewable energies, and purchasing of
machinery with state-of-the-art technology,
the training of human resources and enhancing
customer service.
These commitments enable developing new solutions
to enlarge the range and improve our performance.
www.brandoni.it
Our production
how and where we produce
QianAn represents a starting point for collecting the
considerable opportunities offered by the huge Chinese
market with its keen interest in quality products.
www.brandoni.it
The new production line goes along with the consolidated production
of ball valves, backflow preventers, check valves and balancing
valves in Romagnano Sesia, where new painting plant and new
automatic machinery have been recently installed,
as well as equipment for testing of the backflow preventers.
Along with production, Brandoni is also

engaged in trading (items in in stainless
steel, expansion joints, knife gate valves)
granting the service of one of the most
complete catalogues in the industrial
aGn
MaDE
in
Qi
ana
OM
an
MaDE
in
valve sector.
www.brandoni.it
EaS Y
B FORMULa
O
J
To make consultation easier, we have listed some useful information.

> Icons that relate to certification, application fields and origin of the products.
> Information available on our web-site www.brandoni.it
> A technical section containing measurement and conversion charts.
> Some indications on how to place the order in response to your frequent requirements.
Information you can find on our website

On our website www.brandoni.it, you can find information about our range, to help you select the right product. On selecting
HOME, you can download the following:
PDF files download without registration
Registered users
1 CATALOGUE - search for series
For access to this section, registration is required.

You will be provided with a login and a password, which will enable you to download prices
and technical drawings.
2
DOWNLOAD - technical information
4 PRICELIST
5
2D and 3D MODELS - section for CAd users
3
CERTIFICATION - manufacturing and
product certification
At the end of this catalogue, you will find a chapter with all the necessary technical and commercial information for placing an order:
CHARTS for flanges, material, chemical compatibility and dimensions
HEAD LOSS CHARTS
ORDER SHEET to be copied and filled in. This contains all the necessary indications for a correct and prompt handling of your order
RETURN FORM to be copied for reuse being the form for goods to be eventually returned
THE ARTICLE NUMbER the article number consists of letters and numbers, which specify the individual item.
When filling in the order sheet, only the code shown in the catalogue should be mentioned.
SALES CONDITIONS
www.brandoni.it
Certification
Brandoni S.p.A. Industrial valves has been one of the
first companies in the Valsesia area to obtain the
quality certification according to ISO 9002, recently
modified into UNI EN ISO 9001 Version 2008.
All kinds of machinery for the production comply with
the most severe European norms with certification
of the products for approval dIN-dVGW for gas: EN
12729 and WRAS for backflow preventer and guideline 97/23/CE(PEd).
ISO 9001-2008 Certification
Brandoni S.p.A. - Italy
Brandoni also obtained the requested certifications
ISO 9001-2008 Certification

Brandoni QianAn Valves Co. Ltd.
for the following countries: Sweden, Romania, Czech

Republic, Slovakia, Russia (GOST).
Since 2010 also Brandoni QianAn Valves Co. Ltd. is
certified ISO 9001:2008.
Council directive
98/83/CE
directive pressure
equipment 97/23/CE PEd
Certification
EN 1717 - EN12729
Certification for Gas

EN13774
Hygienic Certification
Certification GOST
Legend
In order to choose the correct valve, for the most suitable solution, the catalogue gives the description, the certifications
available and the main application fields, indicated by an icon.
HEATING
INdUSTRY
dRINKING WATER
TRANSPARENCY of ORIgIN
We are confident in our high quality product range, and in accordance with our
philosophy of transparency, the catalogue shows the origin of each product.
www.brandoni.it
made in
EUROP
FIRE FIGHTING
DO
an n
made in
that comply with conformity requirements.
DO
an n
All Brandoni products are checked and tested to ensure constant quality standards
MARINE
BR
GAS
CONdITIONING
BR
WATER
CHina
Shut-off valves
Shut-off valves are largely installed in process

environments, and in the sectioning of the plant
for easy maintenance.
10
www.brandoni.it
WATER
CONdITIONING
GAS
HEATING
dRINKING WATER
INdUSTRY
MARINE
FIRE FIGHTING
Summary
Ball valves
Butterfly valves
Soft seated gate valves
Knife gate valves
Series B1
12
Series B2.1
18
Series B2.3/7 (R2.3/7 - S2.3/7)
24
Instructions / Recommendations /
Accessories for series B1, B2.1, B2.3/7
32
Series 04.1 (T4-Y4)
34
Series 01-02 stainless steel

(01.411-01.622-02.622)
42
Series 03-04 stainless steel

(A3.622-B3.622-C3.622-04.622)
50
Series J9
60
Series L9
68
Accessories for butterfly valves
75
Series 20.900 21.900
78
Accessories for soft seated gate valves
84
Series 18
86
Series 19
92
Series 23
98
Accessories for knife gate valves
www.brandoni.it
104
11
Serie B1
DO
an n
BR
Wafer cast iron ball valve

Shut-off valves
EUROP
Application fields
WATER
12
CONdITIONING
INdUSTRY
made in
HEATING
dRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING
Serie B1
Series B1 consists of wafer-ball-type shut-off valves, with the body in cast iron and a floating ball, manufactured in accordance with the severe product standards and the quality management of ISO 9001.
Suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and water treatment, industrial applications,
agricultural applications, for compressed air processing, for oils and hydrocarbons.
YES: for installation in-line and end of line, for services with frequent acting, the integrated ISO 5211 support allows the
installation of a wide range of actuators .
The B1 wafer ball valves are full and straight bore reducing turbulences and minimizing head loss.
NO: for steam, for choking and flow regulation.
Shut-off valves
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
1. Inside and outside epoxy coating,

high-temperature resistance.
Environmentally friendly water-based paint.
2. Integrated flange, in accordance with ISO 5211
for dN 40-100. dN 20-32 suitable for mounting
kit ISO.
3. Removing and repositioning of the plate
at 90 allows locking of the valve in
ON-OFF position.
3
2
4
1
4. The dynamic seal of the stem is guaranteed

by a double O-ring, even in severe
working conditions.
6
7
5. Blow-out proof stem.

6. Seat of ball in reinforced PTFE, as temperature
changes, the torque remains constant.
7. Ball with full and straight bore, in chrome-plated

brass or stainless steel.
8. Most compact design, non-standard face
to face dimension.
Accessories
Actuators
Stem extension for thermal insulation
Square cap for water main system connection
Extension for water main system connection
Electric actuators
Kit for lockable operation lever
Gear boxes
Kit for limit switches for ON/OFF position indicator
Kit for ISO flanges
Refer to specifications on page 32
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PEd
double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators

On request: limit switches, position indicator
Special items
Through-drilled ball for legionella thermal preventive treatment.
drainage plug
Construction and testing norms (correspondences):

Flanges: EN 1092, ANSI B16.5 #150
design: EN 1983, EN13445, ISO 5211
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
13
B
E
B1 DN20 - 32
12
11
10
9
nx M
ISO 5211
H
7
8
n x q
H1
Shut-off valves
8
6
5
2
P
1
3 8
12
11
10
ISO5211
7
n x M
n x
B1 DN40 - 100
H1
6
5
P
F
14
www.brandoni.it
Serie B1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Component
Material
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Nut
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
Brass CuZn40Pb2 chrome plated / AISI304 / AISI316
Reinforced PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI304 / AISI316
PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI304 / AISI316
NBR / FKM (Viton)
Epoxy coated carbon steel
Galvanized carbon steel
Shut-off valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
20
P
A
not standardized
H
H1
B
C
EN 1092/2 PN16
n x M
F
ISO 5211
J
n x q
E
S
Weight
32
40
50
65
80
100
(kg)
B1.000
B1.010 - B1.011
Operating torque
Nm
25
20
25
32
40
50
63
76
95
40
50
55
65
80
100
120
130
83
96
101
125
133
142
166
181
52
59
64
78,5
87
95
118
132,5
160
170
170
230
230
230
280
360
105
115
140
150
165
185
200
220
4x M12 4x M12 4x M16 4x M16 4x M16 4x M16 8x M16 8x M16
75
85
100
110
125
145
160
180
F03
F04
F04
F05
F05
F05
F07
F07
36
42
42
50
50
50
70
70
4x M5 4x M5 4x M5
4x7
4x7
4x7
4x9
4x9
11,5
14,5
14,5
17,5
17,5
17,5
20
20
9
11
11
14
14
14
17
17
1,9
1,9
2,54
2,54
3,6
3,6
5,1
5,4
6,4
7,1
8,8
10,5
11,5
12,7
14,8
18,5
15
18
18
18
20
40
70
100
(Nm)
N.B.: In order to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque figure by a safety coefficient, K=1.5
www.brandoni.it
15

Temperature
Maximum pressure
Fluids *
Mounting
ENd OF LINE
NO
NO
Hazardous gases G1
Shut-off valves
Temperature
BETWEEN FLANGES
Hazardous liquids L1
16 bar
10 bar
All remaining fluids G2, L2
16 bar
10 bar
min C
MaxC
continuous
peak
L1
G2,L2
L1
G2,L2
NBR
-10
100
100
110
FKM (Viton)
-10
100
150
170
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature

increases; please refer to pressure/temperature chart
G1, L1, G2, L2: see chart to side
*: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, inflammable, toxic) in accordance with

97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
Pressure/temperature chart
-4
68
140
104
176
212
320
2 4 8 284
bar
F
psi
25
362
20
290
15
217
10
145
32
6.2 bar
5
2 bar
Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)
1
-25
-10
20
60
40
80
100
120
72
3.6 bar
140
150
160
DN 80
DN 65
DN 50
DN 40
DN 32
mmH2O/m
DN 25
DN 20
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
DN 100
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use when temperature and pressure are below the liquid-steam saturation line ( hatched area )
1000
100
10
1
1000
100
10
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
16
mc/h
20
47,7
25
83,5
32
150,4
40
255
50
435
65
672
80
947
www.brandoni.it
100
1508
mc/h
Serie B1
Versions
b1.000
b1.010
b1.011
Body: EN GJL 250

Ball: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Stem: Brass CuZn40Pb2
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJL 250

Ball: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJL 250

Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Shut-off valves
O-Ring: NBR
Coating: RAL 5002 colour
O-Ring: FKM
b1.000
b1.010
b1.011
Body: EN GJL 250

O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: EN GJL 250

Ball: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: EN GJL 250

Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
* Most suitable for district heating for water up to 150 C
Special versions on request.
www.brandoni.it
17
Serie B2.1
DO
an n
BR
Flanged ductile iron ball valve

Shut-off valves
EUROP
Application fields
WATER
18
CONdITIONING
GAS
HEATING
made in
INdUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING
Serie B2.1
Series B2.1 valves are shut-off ball valves split-body type in ductile iron and floating ball, manufactured according to the
severe product standards and the quality management relative to ISO 9001.
70% della dimensione

fornita
Suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and treatment of water, industrial application,
agricultural application, for compressed air processing, for oils and hydrocarbon.
YES: for installation in line and end of line, for services with frequent acting, the integrated ISO 5211 support allows the
installation of a wide range of actuators.
The B2.1 range of ball valves are full and straight bore reducing turbulences and minimizing head loss.
NO: for steam, for choking and flow regulation.
1. Inside and outside epoxy coating,

high temperature resistant. Environmentally
friendly, water-based paint.
2. Integrated flange, in accordance with
ISO 5211.
at 90 allows locking of the valve in
ON-OFF position.
Shut-off valves
3
2
1
4
5
6

working conditions.

changes, the torque remains constant.
7. Ball with full and straight bore, in chromed
brass or stainless steel.
Accessories
Actuators
Stem extension
Electric actuators
Kit ISO 5211 flange
Gear box
Kit lockable operation lever
Kit limit switches for ON/OFF position indicator

Conformity to EN 13774 norms,
DVGW certification for gas
Special items
Through-drilled ball for legionella thermal preventive treatment
drainage plug

Face-to-face: EN558/1 (ISO 5752)
Flanges: EN1092, ANSI B16.5 #150
design: EN 1983, EN13445, ISO 5211
Marking: EN19
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
19
10
8
B2.1 - DN 15- 150
11
9
E
8
6
7
H1
ISO5211
n x
Shut-off valves
8
2 8
DN125 -150
34
9
12
13
8
ISO5211
H1
n x
B2.0/B2.1 - DN 200
3
1
2
4
B2.0/B2.1 - DN 250
Key 14x60
ISO R773 / DIN6885A
16
V
15
H1
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw1_sezdim+matD15-150
Dis sezione per tabella dimensione e materiali DN15-150
30/6/11
rev.1 5/7/11
5
8
n c
C1
ISO5211
8
4
1
8
20
14
www.brandoni.it
Serie B2.1
Materials
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-Ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Lever hub
Lever stop
Anti-blow-out ring
Mounting pad for gear box
Gear box
Bolts
Material
EN GJS 400-15 / EN GJL250*, epoxy coated
EN GJS 400-15 / EN GJL250*, epoxy coated
Brass CuZn40Pb2 chrome plated / AISI 304 / AISI 316 / EN GJL250**
Reinforced PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304 / AISI 316
PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304 / AISI 316
NBR /FKM (Viton)
Carbon steel, epoxy coated
EN GJS 400-15
AISI 302
EN GJS 400-15 / EN GJL 250
Shut-off valves

Component
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
DN 200-250
*: only
: DN 250 with ball in EN GJL 250 - CODE: 02.040
**
Dimensions (mm)
DN
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250***
P
15 20 25 32 40 50 63 76 95 120
145
190
240
A (B2.1) EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F4) 115
120
125
130
140
150
170
180
190
200
210
-
A (B2.0) EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F5)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
400
450
A (F2.1) EN 558/1 - 29 (ex NF 29-323)
-
-
-
-
136
142
154
160
172
186
200
-
H
84 84 96 101 125 135 143 165 180 225 243 320 448
H1
50,5 52 59 64 78,5 87 95 118 132,5 165 182,5 230 335
B
160 160 170 170 230 230 230 280 360 450 560 1000 101
C
EN1092/2 PN 16
95 105 115 140 150 165 185 200 220 250 285 340 405
C1
- - - - - - - - - - - -
490
V
- - - - - - - - - - - -
500
T
- - - - - - - - - - - -
284
ISO 5211
F04 F04 F04 F04 F05 F05 F05 F07 F07 F10 F10 F12 12
J
42 42 42 42 50 50 50 70 70 102
102
125
125
n x q
4 x 6 4 x 6
4 x 6 4 x 6
4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 7 4 x 9 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13
E
11,5 11,5 14,5 14,5 17,5 17,5 17,5 20 20 24,5 24,5 27 92
S
o 9
o 9
o 11 o 11 o 14 o 14 o 14 o 17 o 17 o 22 o 22 o 27 45
Weight
(kg)
B2.100
B2.111 - B2.122
Operating torque
Nm
2,6 3,3 4,2 5,8 7,5 9 10,5 15,5 18,5 28 38,5 93 180
2,6 3,3 4,2 5,8 7,8 9,7 12,2 16,7 22,2 35,8 46,6 117 180
(Nm)
15 15 18 18 18 20 40 70 100 180 250 600 2000
***: The diameter DN 250 is supplied with gear box as standard

Drilling
DN

Dimensions

of flanges

according
to

PN
16EN1092/2
15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 100 125 150 200 250
Drilling PN 16 EN1092/2 std std std std std std std std std std std std std
Drilling PN 10 EN1092/2
= = = = = = = = = = =
opt
opt
Drilling PN 6 EN1092/2 opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt
=
=
=
=
=
=
opt
=
no
no
no
no
no
Drilling ANSI B16.5 #150
opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt opt* opt opt opt opt
std: standard / opt: option on request / =: same as PN16
www.brandoni.it
21

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Shut-off valves
Fluids *
Temperature
Mounting
BETWEEN FLANGES
ENd OF LINE
Hazardous gases
16 bar dN15-200
10 bar dN250
10 bar dN15-100
NO DN125-250
Hazardous liquids
16 bar dN15-200
10 bar dN250
10 bar
All remaining fluids
16 bar dN15-200
10 bar dN250
10 bar
min C
MaxC
continuous
peak
NBR
-10
100
110
FKM (Viton)
-10
150
170
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while temperature

increases, please refer to pressure/temperature chart
*: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, inflammable, toxic) in accordance with 97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
-4
140
104
68
176
212
320
2 4 8 284
bar
F
psi
25
362
20
290
15
217
10
145
32
6.2 bar
5
2 bar
1
-25
-10
60
40
20
80
100
120
72
3.6 bar
140
150
160
DN 250
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 80
DN 65
DN 50
DN 40
DN 32
DN 25
mmH2O/m
DN 20
DN 15
DN 100
1000
100
10
1
mc/h
1000
100
10
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
22
mc/h
15
22,3
20
47,7
25
83,5
32
150,4
40
255
50
435
65
672
www.brandoni.it
80
947
100
1508
125
2633
150
4261
200
5957
250
10510
Serie B2.1
Versions
b2.100
b2.110
b2.111
b2.121
Body: EN GJS 400-15

O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Shut-off valves
O-Ring: NBR
Available with item code b2.0 for dimensions DN 200 250
b2.000
b2.010
b2.011
b2.021
Body: EN GJL 250
Body: EN GJL 250
Body: EN GJL 250
Body: EN GJL 250
Available with item code F2 Face to face in accordance with EN 558/1-29 (ex NF 29-323)
F2.100
F2.110
F2.111
F2.121
See: B2.100
See: B2.110
See: B2.111
See: B2.121
b2.100 Gas
b2.110 Gas
b2.111 Gas
b2.121 Gas
Body: EN GJS 400-15

O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +70C
For Gas
O-Ring: FKM
b2.100 FKM
b2.110 FKM
b2.111 FKM
b2.121 FKM
Body: EN GJS 400-15

O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Special versions on request
www.brandoni.it
23
Serie B2.3/7
DO
an n
BR
Shut-off valves
Application fields
24
CONdITIONING
INdUSTRY
HEATING
MARINE
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING
EUROP
B2.3 Flanged bronze ball valve

B2.7 Flanged aluminium/bronze ball valve
WATER
made in
Serie B2.3/7
Series B2.3/B2.7 valves are split-body-type, shut-off ball valves in bronze or aluminium/bronze and floating ball, manufactured in accordance with the severe product standards and quality management of ISO 9001.
This series is available also:
R2 > with face to face, in accordance with ANSI B 16.5 # 150 reduced bore
S2 > with face to face, in accordance with ANSI B 16.5 # 150 full bore
of water, industrial applications, agricultural applications, for compressed air processing, oils and hydrocarbons.
YES: for installation in-line and end of line, for services with frequent acting, the integrated ISO 5211 support allows the
installation of a wide range of actuators.
The B2 range of ball valves of full and straight bores, reduce turbulences and minimize head loss.
Shut-off valves
Suitable for naval and seawater applications, heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and treatment
NO: for steam, for choking and regulation of the flow.
1. Face to face, in accordance with EN558/1

or ANSI B 16.5 class 150 short pattern
for all dN (diameters).
2. Integrated flange, in accordance with
ISO 5211.
3
2
1
4

at 90 allows locking of the lever in
ON-OFF position.

working conditions.

6. Seat of ball in reinforced PTFE, as
temperature changes, the torque remains
constant.
7. Ball with full and straight bore, in chromed
brass, stainless steel or aluminium/bronze.
Accessories
Actuators
Stem extension
Electric actuators
Gear boxes
Kit limit switches for ON/OFF position indicator
Chain driven operated gear boxes
KIT ISO 5211 flange
Special items
Through-drilled ball for legionella thermic preventive treatment
drainage plug

Flanges:
design:
Marking:
Testing:
www.brandoni.it
EN 1092, ANSI B16.5 #150

EN 1983, EN13445, ISO 5211
EN19
100% testing in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A
(ISO 5208 cat. A )
25
10
8
B2.3/7 - DN 15- 150
11
9
E
8
6
7
H1
ISO5211
n x
Shut-off valves
Flanged bronze or aluminium/bronze ball valve
8
2 8
DN125 -150
34
9
12
13
8
ISO5211
H1
n x
B2.3/7 - DN 200
3
1
2
4
B2.3/7 - DN 250
Key 14x60
ISO R773 / DIN6885A
16
V
15
H1
Cat2011_B2.1_p3.drw1_sezdim+matD15-150
Dis sezione per tabella dimensione e materiali DN15-150
30/6/11
rev.1 5/7/11
5
8
n c
C1
ISO5211
8
4
1
8
26
14
www.brandoni.it
Serie B2.3/7

B2.3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Component
Body
Flange
Ball dN15-50
Ball dN65-250
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-Ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Lever hub
Lever stop
Anti-blow-out ring
Gear box
Bolts
Material
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 CC491K EN1982 ( equivalente C83600 ASTM B62 )
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 CC491K EN1982 ( equivalente C83600 ASTM B62 )
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5 (C95800 ASTM B148)
Reinforced PTFE
PTFE
FKM (Viton)
Carbon steel, epoxy coated / AISI 316 with plastic coating
Galvanized carbon steel / AISI 316
Brass CuZn40Pb2
AISI 302
Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5
Galvanized carbon steel / AISI 304 / AISI 316
Shut-off valves
Materials relative to series B2.3/S2.3/R2.3 (bronze)
Materials relative to series B2.7/S2.7/R2.7 (aluminium/bronze)

B2.7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Component
Body
Flange
Ball dN15-50
Ball dN65-250
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-Ring
Lever
Stop plate
Spring washer
Lever hub
Lever stop
Anti-blow-out ring
Gear box
Bolts
Material
Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 CB333G EN 1982 (equivalente C95800 ASTM B1 48)
Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 CB333G EN 1982 (equivalente C95800 ASTM B1 48)
AISI 316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
AISI 316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5 (C95800 ASTM B1 48)
Reinforced PTFE
AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
PTFE
AISI316 / Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe4 (C63000 ASTM 283)
FKM (Viton)
AISI 316 with plastic coating
AISI316
AISI316
Brass CuZn40Pb2
AISI304
AISI302
Aluminium-bronze CuAL10Ni5Fe5
AISI 304 / AISI 316
www.brandoni.it
27
Serie B2.3 / B2.7

Dimensions (mm)
Shut-off valves
DN
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
15
115
84
50,5
160
95
88,9
F04
42
4x6
11,5
o9
20
120
84
52
160
105
98,6
F04
42
4x6
11,5
o9
25
125
96
59
170
115
108
F04
42
4x6
14,5
o 11
32
130
101
64
170
140
117,3
F04
42
4x6
14,5
o 11
40
140
125
78,5
230
150
127
F05
50
4x7
17,5
o 14
50
150
135
87
230
165
152,4
F05
50
4x7
17,5
o 14
63
170
143
95
230
185
177,8
F05
50
4x7
17,5
o 14
76
180
165
118
280
200
190,5
F07
70
4x9
20
o 17
95
190
180
132,5
360
220
228,6
F07
70
4x9
20
o 17
120
200
225
165
450
250
254
F10
102
4 x 11
24,5
o 22
B2.300
B2.322
2,8
2,8
3,4
3,4
4,8
4,8
5,6
6,5
7,9
9,3
10,5
11,5
15,1
16
19,1
20,6
24
28,4
36,7
41,2
44,6
52,7
104
131
120
140
B2.777
B2.722
2,4
2,4
2,95
2,95
4
4
4,9
5,7
6,3
8,1
9,4
10
13,6
14
17,7
18,1
23,3
25,2
34,9
36,9
45,6
47,8
93
120
105
120
15
15
18
18
18
20
40
70
100
180
250
600
2000
P
A
A
H
H1
B
C
C
ISO 5211
C1
V
T
J
n x q
E
S
EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F4)

EN 558/1 - 14 (ex DIN 3202 F5)
EN1092/2 PN 16
ANSI B16.5 #150
Weight
150
200
145
190
210
400
243
320
182,5
230
560
1000
285
340
279,4
F10
F12
102
125
4 x 11 4 x 13
24,5
27
o 22 o 27
250
240
450
355
101
405
F12
490
500
284
125
4 x 13
92
45
(kg)
Operating torque
(Nm)
Nm
Drilling
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
Dimensions
of flanges
according to
PN 16 EN1092/3 Drilling PN 25 EN1092/1
DN
std
=
opt
=
-
std
=
opt
=
-
std
=
opt
=
-
std
=
opt
=
-
std
=
opt
=
-
std
=
opt
=
-
std
=
opt
opt
-
std
=
opt
=
-
std
=
opt
no
-
std
=
opt
no
-
std
=
opt
no
-
std
opt
opt
no
opt
std
opt
opt
no
opt
Dimensions
of flanges
according to
ANSI B16.5#150
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std: standard / opt: option on request / =: same as PN16
28
www.brandoni.it
Serie B2.3/7
Serie S2.3 / S2.7
DN
P
A
ANSI B16.10 #150.Short Pattern
H
H1
B
C
ANSI B16.5 #150
ISO 5211
J
n x q
E
S
Weight
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
150
15
108
84
50,5
160
88,9
F04
42
4x6
11,5
9
20
117
84
52
160
98,6
F04
42
4x6
11,5
9
25
127
96
59
170
108
F04
42
4x6
14,5
11
32
140
101
64
170
117,3
F04
42
4x6
14,5
11
40
165
125
78,5
230
127
F05
50
4x7
17,5
14
50
178
135
87
230
152,4
F05
50
4x7
17,5
14
63
190
143
95
230
177,8
F05
50
4x7
17,5
14
76
203
165
118
280
190,5
F07
70
4x9
20
17
95
229
180
132,5
360
228,6
F07
70
4x9
20
17
145
267
243
182,5
560
279,4
F10
102
4 x 11
24,5
22
2,1
2,4
2,7
3,1
4,1
4,7
4,9
5,72
7,1
8,1
9,8
11,3
13,9
16
18
20,8
25,7
29,5
47,2
56,8
15
15
18
18
18
20
40
70
100
250
Shut-off valves
Dimensions (mm)
(kg)
S2.300
S2.322
Operating torque
(Nm)
Nm
Drilling
DN
Dimensions of
flanges according to
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
150
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
std
80
50
203
135
87
230
190,5
F05
50
4x7
17,5
14
100
76
229
165
118
280
228,6
F07
70
4x9
20
17
150
95
267
180
132,5
360
279,4
F07
70
4x9
20
17
9,4
8,5
15,5
14
24,8
22,4
36,2
31,8
18
20
70
100
ANSI B16.5 #150

std: standard
Serie R2.3 / R2.7

Dimensions (mm)
DN
50
P
40
A
ANSI B16.10 #150.Short Pattern 178
H
125
H1
78,5
B
230
C
ANSI B16.5 #150
152,4
ISO 5211
F05
J
50
n x Fq
4x7
E
17,5
S
14
Weight
(kg)
R2.377
R2.777
Operating torque
(Nm)
Nm
Drilling
DN
Dimensions of
flanges according to
50
80
100
150
std
std
std
std
ANSI B16.5 #150

std: standard
www.brandoni.it
29

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids *
Mounting
Shut-off valves
BETWEEN FLANGES
Temperature
min C
ENd OF LINE
FKM (Viton)
Hazardous gases
NO
NO
Hazardous liquids
16 bar dN15-200
10 bar dN250
10 bar
All remaining fluids
16 bar dN15-200
10 bar dN250
10 bar
MaxC
continuous
peak
150
170
-10

*: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, inflammable, toxic) in accordance with 97/23/Ce PED and 67/548/EEC
-4
140
104
68
32
176
212
248
320
284
bar
F
psi
20
290
15
217
10
145
72
1
-20
-10
20
60
40
80
120
100
140
160
150
DN 250
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
DN 50
DN 40
DN 32
DN 25
mmH2O/m
DN 20
DN 15
1000
100
10
1
R2 DN50-DN80
10
1000
100
R2 DN150
mc/h
R2 DN100
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
Kv
30
B2.3-B2.7-S2
R2
mc/h
mc/h
15
22,3
20
47,7
25
83,5
32
150,4
40
255
50
435
147
65
672
www.brandoni.it
80
947
147
100
1508
511
125
2633
615
150
4261
200
5957
250
10510
Serie B2.3/7
Versions
b2.3 bronze
R2.3
Shut-off valves
b2.3/S2.3
b2.300
b2.322
b2.377
Body: Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN1982

O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C

Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C

Ball: Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Stem: Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Available with item code R2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI b16.5#150 short pattern reduced bore
R2.377
See: B2.377
Available with item code S2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI b16.5#150 short pattern full bore
S2.300
S2.322
S2.377
See: B2.300
See: B2.322
See: B2.377
b2.7 Aluminium-bronze
b2.722
b2.777
Body: Aluminium-bronze
CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: Aluminium-bronze
CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Ball:
Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
Stem: Aluminium-bronze CuAl10Fe5Ni5 EN1982
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Available with item code R2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI b16.5#150 short pattern reduced bore
R2.777
See: B2.777
Available with item code S2 Face to face in accordance with ANSI b16.5#150 short pattern full bore
S2.722
S2.777
See: B2.722
See: B2.777
www.brandoni.it
31
Ball valves
Accessories for series B1 - B2.1 - B2.3/7
40-50-65
68
55
80-100-125-150
68
55
H1
Shut-off valves
DN
H
H1

SW
40-50-65
26
14
69
80-100
26
17
69
125-150
26
22
71
DN
SW
A
H
SW
Stem extension for water main system connection

B
ISO5211
n x q
DN
40
H
T
48
B
230
ISO 5211 F05
J
50
n x q 4 x 7
E
22
S
14
50
65
80
100
250-500-800-1000
48
48
48
48
230
230
280
360
F05
F05
F07
F07
50
50
70
70
4x7 4x7 4x9 4x9
22
22
23
23
14
14
17
17
125
150
59
59
450
560
F10
F10
102
102
4 x 11 4 x 11
27
27
22
22
Kit ISO 5211 flange

Y
1) Bracket
2) Joint
DN
ISO 5211*
SxE
S1 x E1**
Drilling
valve side
W
ISO5211
Emax
X
1
X
Y
W
15-20
F0405-07
25-32
F0405-07
40-50-65
F05-07
14 x 14 17 x 17
11 x 11 11 x 11
17 x 17
-
F03-04 F03-04
F05-07
40
70
80
* Drilling actuator side
40
70
80
80
150
F10F10-12 F10-12 F10-12
12-14
125
22 x 22 27 X 27 27 X 27 36 X 36
F10F07-10 F07-10 F07-10
12-14
50
70
100
60
120
120
** for B1 series
60
120
120
60
120
120
80
140
160
Other top squares S on request
Kit limit switches for ON/OFF

position indicator
32
100
www.brandoni.it
Serie B1 - B2
Instructions and Recommendations for series B1 - B2.1 - B2.3/7
STORING
- Keep in a dry and closed place.
- While stored, the valve must be fully open to avoid damage to the seats.
MAINTENANCE
- It is recommended that the rubber O-rings be replaced at least every 24 months, and the PTFE seats, at least every 48 months.
The period of replacement depends on the use of the valve.
- Clean the surface of the valve periodically, in order to prevent the accumulation of dust.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance, or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down, that the pressure
has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable or caustic liquids.
Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
Shut-off valves
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and maintenance; it is also available on
our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care. The valve must be installed in either the ON or OFF position.
- Place the valve between the flanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve flanges. Check the correct position of
the seals.
- The distance between the counter flanges should be equal to the valves face to face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter flanges
to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the flanges to the piping after installing the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclinations, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the installed valve
to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
- While heating from room temperature to the high operating temperature, the liquid located between the body and ball (valve open), or
located in the bore of the ball (valve closed) tends to expand and may damage the ball and the seats; it is recommended that the valve
be opened and closed at intermediate temperatures during the heating process (for example, at 40C /60C/).
Special valves with drain plugs are available for this application.
- At sub-zero temperatures, the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is exposed to such
conditions, insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the valve be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and the seats, particularly in
the presence of limestone.
Plumbing
procedure
SEALING
PROCEDURE
Plate in plumbing
position; it is not possible
to open/close the valve.
Open valve
Closed valve
www.brandoni.it
33
Serie 04.1
DO
AN N
BR
Shut-off valves
Application fields
34
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
EUROP
Three-way flanged cast iron ball valve
WATER
made in
Serie 04.1
The valves in the 04.1 series are three-way, diverter ball valves made of cast iron, with floating ball, manufactured in accordance with the most severe product standards and the quality management of ISO 9001.
They are available in the following versions:
T4 > with T-shape flanges (90)
Y4 > with Y-shape flanges (120)
In all positions, the three way valve guarantees the connection to the atmosphere or to a security pipe, with progressive
distribution (TRANSFLOW); for this reason, while one line is closed, the other two lines will be fully open, and as a result,
Shut-off valves
any incorrect alignment resulting in the choking of the bore of one of the lines will lead to the bore of the others being
increased. Suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, distribution and treatment of water, industrial
applications, agricultural applications, for compressed air processing, oils and hydrocarbons.
YES: for installation in line and end of line, for services with frequent actuation, suitable for installing a wide range of
actuators.
1. Inside and outside epoxy coating, high

temperature resistant.
Environmentally-friendly, water-based paint.
2. Ball in chrome-plated brass or stainless steel

full bore; the smooth, rounded connections
between passages at 120 ensure reduced
turbulences and low head loss.
3. The double lever at 120 indicates the flow

direction.
4. A double O-ring on the stem and the metallic
bushing provides a dynamic seal, even in
severe working conditions.
changes, the operation torque remains constant.
7
4
7. The RO-STOP device allows selection of flow

direction also on the valve already installed.
2
5
8. Non-standard face-to-face dimension.
Accessories
Actuators
Lever with extension for thermal insulation
Double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators
Kit ISO 5211 flange for installation of actuators
Electric actuators
In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PED

Flanges: EN 1092
Design: EN 1983, EN13445
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
35
11
10
Shut-off valves
Y4.1
T4.1
36
www.brandoni.it
Serie 04.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Component
Material
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
O-ring
Lever
Lever hub
Lever stop RO-STOP
Bolts
EN GJS 400-15
EN GJL 250
Brass CuZn40Pb2 chrome plated / AISI 304
Reinforced PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304
PTFE
Brass CuZn40Pb2 / AISI 304
NBR / FKM (Viton)
Carbon steel, epoxy coated
Brass CuZn40Pb2 galvanized
Brass CuZn40Pb2 galvanized
Shut-off valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
B
C
D
L
H
Not standardized
EN 1092/2 PN16
Weight
50
65
80
100
125
150
50
320
160
195
260
130
167
63
350
175
185
350
140
173
76
390
195
200
350
155
187
95
430
215
220
350
165
198
120
490
245
250
475
185
242
145
570
285
285
475
212
261
20
19
26
24,5
34,5
32,5
44
40
70
66
104
98
20
40
70
100
180
250
(kg)
kg (T)
kg (Y)
Operating torque
(Nm)
Nm
RO-STOP
The RO-STOP device ensures extremely easy handling.

The red square in the drawing indicates the position of the lever stop of the RO-STOP device.
It indicates the allowed connection between the passage ways in that position, as shown in pictures A, B and C.
N.B. When ordering, specify the required position of the connection (position A, B or C).
www.brandoni.it
37

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids *
END OF LINE
NO
NO
Hazardous gases G1
Shut-off valves
Temperature
Mounting
BETWEEN FLANGES
16 bar
10 bar
16 bar
10 bar
min C
MaxC
continuous
peak
L1
G2,L2
L1
G2,L2
NBR
-10
100
100
110
FKM (Viton)
-10
100
150
170


-4
140
104
68
176
212
320
2 4 8 284
bar
F
psi
25
362
20
290
15
217
10
145
32
6.2 bar
5
2 bar
1
-10
-25
60
40
20
80
100
120
72
3.6 bar
140
150
160

m H20
10
8
6
DN
12
5
DN
10
0
DN
80
65
DN
DN
DN
50
15
0
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
5
10
20
30
100
50
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
38
mc/h
50
90
65
150
80
282
100
420
125
720
150
1320
www.brandoni.it
200
300
1000
500
mc/h
2000
Serie 04.1
Versions
NBR O-ring
Y4.1
Shut-off valves
T4.1
T4.100 - Y4.100
T4.111 - Y4.111
Body: EN GJS 400-15

O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
FKM O-ring
T4.1
Y4.1
T4.100 - Y4.100
T4.111 - Y4.111
Body: EN GJS 400-15

O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: EN GJS 400-15

Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 304
O-ring: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
www.brandoni.it
39

Accessories
Lever with extension for thermal insulation
L
50
50
260
65-80-100
50
350
125-150
50
475
Shut-off valves
DN
X
L
Kit ISO 5211 flange for mounting of actuators

Y
DN
ISO 5211
SxE
W
X
Y
ISO5211
40
50 - 65
F07/F10
17x16
120
60
95
80-100
F07/F10
22 x 21
140
80
100
1) Bracket
2) Joint
www.brandoni.it
125-150
F12
27x26
160
80
120
Serie 04.1
Instructions and Recommendations
STORING
- Keep in a dry and closed place.
- While stored, the valve must be fully open to avoid damages to the seats.
MAINTENANCE
- It is recommended that the rubber O-rings be replaced at least every 24 months, and the PTFE seats, at least every 48
months. The period of replacement depends on the use of the valve.
- Clean the surface of the valve periodically, in order to prevent accumulation of dust.
Shut-off valves
RECOMMENdATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable
and caustic liquids.
WARNING ABOuT pROpER uSE
The three-way ball valve Series 04 is a TRANS-FLOW valve with floating ball; when moving, all three ports of the valve are
temporarily open, and as a result, the flow switches from one port to the other progressively. These features mean that, for
proper use, the pressure acts against the seat of the closed port, and NOT FROM THE CLOSED PORT SIDE (see 1). In this case,
leakage and ball seat damage may occur.
FIG. 1
B
PB>PAC
PB<<PAC
PAC
PAC
A
OK
NO
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve must be installed in the ON or OFF position.
- Place the valve between the flanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve flanges. Check the
correct position of the seals.
- Do not use bolts of the counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts must be cross tightened.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclinations, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the
installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much
as possible.
- While heating from room temperature to the high operating temperature, the liquid located between the body and ball
(valve open), or located in the bore of the ball (valve closed) tends to expand and may damage the ball and the seats;
it is recommended that the valve be opened and closed at intermediate temperatures during the heating process (for
example at 40C /60C/) Special valves with drain plugs are available for this application. At sub-zero temperatures,
the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is exposed to such conditions,
insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the ball valves be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and on
the seats.
www.brandoni.it
41
Serie 01-02 inox

Shut-off valves
Steel flanged ball valve
Application fields
WATER
42
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 01-02 inox

The series consists of shut-off ball valves with the body in carbon steel A 105, or with the body in stainless steel CF8-M with a
floating ball, manufactured in accordance with the most severe product standards and the quality management of ISO
9001. They are available in the following versions:
01.4 > in carbon steel A 105 - wafer type
01.6 > in stainless steel CF8-M - wafer type
Suitable for chemical and industrial plants, for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, agricultural applications,
oils and hydrocarbons. (Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)
YES: for installation in line and end of line, for services with frequent actuation, suitable for installation of manual, electric
and pneumatic servo commands.
Full and straight bore reducing turbulences and minimizing head loss.
Shut-off valves
02.6 > in stainless steel CF8-M - flanged split-body type
1. Full bore.
4
2
3. Items 01.622 and 02.622 are lockable.

4. Item 01.4 antistatic device.
Actuators
Electric actuators
Gear box

Flanges: EN 1092
Face-to-face: EN558/1 (ISO5752)
Design: EN13445, ISO 5211
Testing: in accordance with EN 12266 cat. A (ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
43
Serie 01.411
B
10
8
5
13
n x M
Shut-off valves
11
12
14
n x q
7
P
ISO 5211
16
4
F
C
2 15 3 1
A
Materials
16
EN 1092/2 PN16
EN 1092/2 PN40
(kg)
25
25
46
91
185
108
85
4xM12
85
4xM12
F04
4x M5
3214
32
55
106
280
128
100
4xM16
100
4xM16
F05
4x M6
40
40
66
111
280
138
110
4xM16
110
4xM16
F05
4x M6
50
50
72
120
280
148
125
4xM16
125
4xM16
F05
4x M6
65
65
98
157
380
168
145
4xM16
145
8xM16
F07
4x M8
2,7
3,8
6,5
13
25
30
30
20
20
42
10
87
185
18
98
17
75
5
4xM12
75
4xM12
F04
4x M5
80
76
120
161
380
188
160
8xM16
160
8xM16
F07
4x M8
100
100
140
181
480
220
180
8xM16
190
8xM20
F07
4x M8
125
150
127
150
177
210
205
220
480
480
250
280
ISO
5211240
200
8xM16 8xM20
220
250
8xM24 8xM24
F10
F10
4x M10 4x M10
15
20
30
47
69
60
80
120
200
250
2
1,5
1 4 3 16 20 15
Operating torque
A
Nm
15
15
35
78
150
88
65
4xM12
65
4xM12
F03
4x M5
Weight
ISO 5211
Not standardized
C
F
n x M
F
n x M
ISO 5211
n x q
12 13
DN
19
P
9A
8H
6B
n x M
Dimensions (mm)
14
ASTM A105
ASTM A105
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 304
Galvanized steel with plastic sleeve
Galvanized steel
Galvanized steel
Galvanized steel
Galvanized steel
F
Galvanized steel
C
Reinforced PTFE
10
18
17
5
H1
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Anti-static
Stem packing
Pressing bush
Lever
Nut
Spring washer
Stop plate
1 4 3
Stop pin
Screws
A
Body seal
11
kg
Material
Component
11
19
9
8
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
B
12 13
(Nm)
3
44
www.brandoni.it
16
Serie 01-02 inox
F
C
2 15 3 1
A
Serie 01.622
B
12 13
14
10
18
17
5
n x M
ISO 5211
Shut-off valves
11
19
9
8
6
2
16
3
F
C
B
Material
Component
Body 12 13
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Stem packing
Pressing bush
Lever
Hex nut
Ring
Stop plate
Stop pin
Body seal
1 4O-ring
3 16 20 15
Spacer
A
Belleville Spring
14
ASTM A351 CF8M
ASTM A351 CF8M
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304 with plastic sleeve
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
PTFE
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 301
10
18
17
5
ISO 5211
19 1
2
9
3
8
4
6
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
11
Materials
H1
1 4
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
H
B
C
F
n x M
ISO 5211
S
Weight
Not standardized
EN 1092/2 PN16
(kg)
kg
Operating torque
Nm
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
76
94
36
38
53
53
65
78
98
118
140
80
85
95
100
105
115
130
145
175
150
150
170
170
210
210
260
260
260
95
105
115
140
150
165
185
200
220
65
75
85
100
110
125
145
160
200
4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M12 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16
F03/F04 F03/F04 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10 F07/F10
9
9
11
11
14
14
17
17
17
1,11
1,48
1,93
3,1
4,2
5,37
8,2
11,9
16,9
10
14
18
25
48
75
110
(Nm)
5
www.brandoni.it
45
2
16
1 4
F
C
Steel flanged ballA valve
Serie 02.622
B
12 13
19
9
8
6
14
ISO 5211
H1
18
17
5
10
Shut-off valves
11
2
1 4 3 16 20 15
A
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Component
Material
Body
Flange
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Stem packing
Pressing bush
Lever
Hex Nut
Ring
Stop pin pad
Stop pin
Stud bolt
Body seal
O-ring
Spacer
Belleville Spring
Hex nut
ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A351 CF8M
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
PTFE
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
A
H
H1
B
C
F
n x d
ISO 5211
E
S
EN558/1 - 14
EN558/1 - 15
EN 1092/2 PN16
Weight
100
100
190
189
141
320
220
180
8 x 18
F10
22
22
125
120
325
242
160
500
250
210
8 x 18
F12
40,5
27
150
150
350
270
184
800
285
240
8 x 22
F12
40,5
27
(kg)
kg
Operating torque
Nm
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
15
20
25
32
38
50
65
76
115
120
125
130
140
150
170
180
80
85
95
108
114
124
148
158
43
53
58,5
71
76
84,5
101,5
111,5
140
140
160
160
185
185
230
230
95
105
115
140
150
165
185
200
65
75
85
100
110
125
145
160
4 x 14
4 x 14
4 x 14
4 x 18
4 x 18
4 x 18
4 x 18
8 x 18
F03/F04 F03/F04 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10
8
8
11
11
14
14
17
17
9
9
11
11
14
14
17
17
2,2
4,2
7,4
10,2
13,5
18
26,5
36
52,5
13
25
30
30
60
80
120
200
250
(Nm)
3
46
www.brandoni.it
Serie 01-02 inox

Maximum pressure
Temperature
bar
Temperature
01.411 PN16
16 bar
01.411 PN40
40 bar
01.622
16 bar
02.622
16 bar
min C
MaxC
-25
150

Shut-off valves
Article
-13
32
68
104
140
176
212
248
284 302 F
bar
40
psi
01.4 PN40
580
30
25
20
16
435
290
01.4 PN16
01.6-02.6
145
10
1
-25
20
60
40
80
100
120
140 150 C
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
DN 50
DN 40
DN 32
mmH2O/m
1000
DN 25
DN 15
DN 20
100
10
1
10
100
mc/h
1000
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
mc/h
15
22,3
20
47,7
25
83,5
32
150,4
40
255
50
435
www.brandoni.it
65
672
80
947
100
1508
125
2633
150
4261
200
5957
47

Versions
Shut-off valves
Steel wafer ball valve ASTM A 105
01.411
Body: ASTM A 105
Ball: AISI 304
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +150 C
Wafer ball valve in AISI 316
01.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +150 C
Flanged ball valve in AISI 316
02.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 304
Temp: -25 +150 C
48
www.brandoni.it
Serie 01-02 inox

MAINTENANCE
The valve does not require maintenance.
RECOMMENdATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance, or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable or
caustic liquids.
Shut-off valves
STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Place the valve between the flanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve flanges. Check the
correct position of the seals.
- The distance between the counter flanges should be equal to the valves face-to-face distance. Do not use bolts of the
counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Do not weld the flanges to the piping after installing the valve
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the
as possible.
- At sub-zero temperatures, the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is
exposed to such conditions, insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the valve be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and the seats.
www.brandoni.it
49
Serie 03-04 inox

Shut-off valves
AISI 316 F/F threaded end ball valves
Application fields
WATER
50
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 03-04 inox

This series consists of two and three way, threaded-end shut-off valves, with the body in AISI 316 and a floating ball, manufactured in accordance with the most severe product standards.
A3.622 > two-way, 1 piece, reduced bore (NB no ISO flange)
B3.622 > two-way, 2 pieces body, full bore, with or without ISO 5211 flange
C3.622 > two-way, 3 pieces body, full bore, with or without ISO 5211 flange
Shut-off valves
04.622 > three-way, with ball Lshape or Tshape, with ISO 5211 flange
Suitable for chemical and industrial plants, for heating and conditioning (HVAC), district heating, agricultural applications,
oils and hydrocarbons. Articles B3, C3 and 04: for town gas applications, ask for specific test report.
YES: for services with frequent actuation; suitable for installing of manual, electric and pneumatic servo commands.
1
2
3
1. Lockable position (against accidental
actuation) and padlocking.
2. Integrated ISO 5211 flange.
3. C3.622: easy dismantling.
Actuators
Electric actuators
Gear box

Threading: ISO 228-1, BS (BSP).
Design: EN13445, ISO 5211
Testing: EN 12266 cat. A (ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
51
Serie A3.622
B
16
7
8
5
10
6
DN
Shut-off
valves
Art.
A3.622
17
3
A
Materials
B
DN
P
16 Body
Liner
17
Ball
7 Ball seat
5 Stem
6 Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
Lock device
Nut
Spring washer
2
11 3
Dimensions
(mm)
A
DN
P
A
B
H
Weight
1/4"
5
40
67
33
17
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
9 AISI 316
10 PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 301
3/8"
7
45
67
36
1/2"
9
58
93
37
3/4"
12,5
60
93
42
1"
15
72
103
52
1" 1/4
20
78
103
56
1" 1/2
25
82
125
65
2"
32
100
125
70
0,19
0,28
0,39
0,58
0,85
1,35
(kg)
A3.622 16
0,09
0,12
15
13
Operating
torque (Nm)
12
9
ISO 5211
2
2
3
3
4
5
7
9
8
Nm
10
5 to choose the right actuator, we recommend multiplying the operating torque figure by a safety coefficient, K=1.5
N.B.: In order
7
6
14
H
DN
P
Art. B3.622 con flangia ISO
Material
Art. B3.622
Component
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
16
17
11
52
www.brandoni.it
Serie 03-04 inox

Serie B3.622 / B3.622 with ISO 5211 flange
B3.622
DN
P
Art. B3.622
9
10
5
6
Shut-off valves
16
17
7
11 3
A
9
10
H1
7
14
ISO 5211
DN
15
Art. B3.622
flangia
B3.622
withcon
ISO
5211ISO
flange
B1
17
16
13
12
8
5
6
11 3 1
A1
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Component
Material
Body
Liner
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Material
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 301
AISI 304
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 301
Component
Lock device
Body seal
Belleville Spring
Spacer
O-ring
Lever stop pin
Nut
Spring washer
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
B
H
A1
B1
H1
S
ISO 5211
Weight
1/4"
11,5
49
100
54
55,5
120
65
9
F03
3/8"
12,5
49
100
54
55,5
120
65
9
F03
0,23
0,33
0,23
0,30
0,24
0,38
0,45
0,51
0,65
0,87
1,05
1,26
1,7
2,25
2,61
3,05
5,01
5,45
7,61
8,20
14,75
15,00
10
14
18
25
48
75
110
(kg)
B3.622
B3.622 with ISO flange
Operating torque
Nm
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1" 1/4
1" 1/2
2"
2" 1/2
3"
4"
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
76
94
57
64
77
90
105
125
154
173
221
100
115
150
150
180
180
245
245
278
56
65
70
75
93
99
123
140
175
57
64
77
90
105
125
154
173
221
120
120
140
149
200
200
255
255
302
63
70
74
88
94
102
140
153
175
9
9
11
11
14
14
17
17
17
F03/F04 F03/F04 F04/F05 F04/F05 F05/F07 F05/F07 F07/F10 F07/F10 F07/F10
(Nm)
www.brandoni.it
53
Serie C3.622
15
ISO5211
10
7
14
18 2
4 1
A
3 2
Component
Material
17
AISI 316
AISI 316
15
9AISI 316
Reinforced
PTFE
10
7 AISI 316
14 PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
2
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
ISO5211
Body
Liner
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
Lock device
Belleville Spring
Spacer
O-ring
Lever stop pin 1
2 11 4
Nut
F
Spring washer
Tie rod A1
16
13
12
8
5
6
17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
DN
Materials
Art. 04.622
DN
17
Shut-off valves
Art. C3.622
B
16
13
12
8
5
6
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
B
H
S
ISO 5211
Weight
C3.622
1/4"
11
47
120
59
9
F03
3/8"
12,5
47
120
59
9
F03
1/2"
15
54
120
63
9
F03
0,41
0,40
0,45
0,86
0,86
1,88
2,78
3,56
7,20
12,10
19,90
10
14
18
25
48
75
110
(kg)
Operating torque
Nm
3/4"
1"
1" 1/4
1" 1/2
2"
2" 1/2
3"
4"
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
73
79
90
102
118
140
153
166
140
140
204
204
204
255
255
302
70
74
88
94
102
140
153
166
11
11
14
14
14
17
17
17
(Nm)
54
www.brandoni.it
DN
Art.
18 2
4 1
A
3 2
17
Serie 03-04 inox
Serie 04.622
ISO5211
E
Shut-off valves
15
9
10
7
14
16 17
13
12
8
5
6
DN
Art. 04.622
11 4
F
A1
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Material
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
Reinforced PTFE
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
FKM (Viton)
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 301
AISI 304
Component
Body
Liner
Ball
Ball seat
Stem
Sliding washer
Ring
Stem seal
Lever
Lock device
Belleville Spring
Spacer
O-ring
Lever stop pin
Nut
Spring washer
Tie rod
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
A1
F
B
H
S
ISO 5211
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1" 1/4
1" 1/2
2"
9,5
11
12
15
20
25
32
40
75
75
75
85
100
122
131
158
57,5
57,5
57,5
65,5
79
97
106,5
129
37,5
37,5
37,5
42,5
50
61
65,5
79
130
130
130
161
161
203
203
203
66
66
66
2
77
92
96
107
9
9
9
11
11
14
14
14
Weight
(kg)
04.622
0,70
0,67
Operating torque
Nm
0,63
0,94
1,39
2,91
3,66
6,31
15
20
30
45
(Nm)
8
www.brandoni.it
55
Shut-off valves
Maximum pressure
Temperature
Articles
bar
A3.622
70 bar DN 1/4 1 1/4

56 bar DN 1 1/2 2
B3.622
85 bar DN 1/4 1
70 bar DN 1 1/4 1 1/2
56 bar DN 2 4
C3.622
85 bar DN 1/4 1
70 bar DN 1 1/4 1 1/2
56 bar DN 2 4
04.622
70 bar DN 1/4 1 1/4

56 bar DN 1 1/2 2
Temperature
104
140
176
212
248
284
32
68
70 -4
bar 1/4" - 1" 1/4
104
140
176
212
248
284
bar
70
50
1/4"
- 1"
1/4
1" 1/2
- 2"
392 F
psi
Art. A3.622
356 392 F1015
320
Art. 04.622
psi
Art. A3.622
1015
Art. 04.622
725
320
356
1" 1/2 - 2"
50
725
30
435
30
10
435
145
10 -25
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
-25
40
32
104
60
140
80
-4
20
68
176
100
212
120
248
140
284
1"
-41/4" -32
68
104
140
176
212
248
284
200 C
F
392Serie
320
psi
B3.622
392 F
320 Art.356
Art. C3.622
psi
1015
Art. B3.622
Art. C3.622
bar
bar
70
1/4" - 1"
1" 1/4 - 1" 1/2"
160
180
1015
1" 1/4 - 1" 1/2"

50 2" - 4"
50
145
200 C
180
356
70
56
180
Serie A3.622 / 04.622
68
32
MaxC
-25

-4
min C
725
2" - 4"
725
30
435
30
10
435
145
10 -25
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
145
200 C
-25
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200 C
www.brandoni.it
B3.622 / C3.622
Serie 03-04 inox

Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with shutter fully opened
Shut-off valves
2"
2"
1" 1 1" 1
/2
/2
1" 1 1" 1
/4
/4
1"
1"
3/4 3/4
"
"
"
1/2 1/2
"
"
3/8
"
3/8
m H2O
10
Art.A3.622
m H2O
8 Art. 04.622
10
6 Art.A3.622
8
Art. 04.622
5
6
4
1/4 1/4
"
"
Serie A3.622 / 04.622
5
3
3
2
2
1
0,8
1
0,6
0,8
0,5
0,6 1
0,5
1
10
100 mc/h
3"
4"
3"
4"
2" 1 2" 1
/2
/2
2"
2"
1" 1 1" 1
/4
/4
1" 1 1" 1
/2
/2
1"
1"
3/4 3/4
"
"
1/2 1/2
"
"
Art. B3.622
Art. C3.622
3/8 3/8
"
"
6
8
5
6
4
5
3
4
100 mc/h
Serie B3.622 / C3.622

1/4 1/4
"
"
m H2O
10
Art. B3.622
m8H2O
10 Art. C3.622
10
3
2
2
1
0,8
1
0,6
0,8
0,5
0,6 1
0,5
1
10
100
1000 mc/h
10
100
1000 mc/h
Kv - DN chart
A3.622 - 04.622
B3.622 - C3.622
DN
Kv mc/h
Kv mc/h
1/4"
3,2
5,6
3/8"
3,4
6,8
1/2"
3,8
9,6
3/4"
7,7
17,9
1"
13,7
30
www.brandoni.it
1" 1/4
20,5
49
1" 1/2
31,5
68
2"
58
126
2" 1/2
226
3"
355
4"
667
57

Versions
Shut-off valves
Reduced bore
A3.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
Full bore 2 pieces body
B3.622
with ISO 5211 flange
Body: AISI 316

Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
* NB: only the version with ISO 5211 flange is suitable for gas
Full bore 3 pieces body, with ISO 5211 flange
C3.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
Three-way reduced bore, with ISO 5211 flange
04.622
Body: AISI 316
Ball: AISI 316
Stem: AISI 316
Temp: -25 +180 C
58
www.brandoni.it
Serie 03-04 inox

Instruction and Recommendations
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENdATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance, or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
or caustic liquids.
Shut-off valves
STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve must be installed in either the ON or OFF position.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the
as possible.
- At sub-zero temperatures, the liquid between the body and ball may freeze, causing irreparable damage. If the valve is
exposed to such conditions, insulation of the valve is recommended.
- It is recommended that the valve be operated periodically, to prevent the build-up of materials on the ball and the seats.
www.brandoni.it
59
Serie J9
DO
AN N
BR
Wafer butterfly valve
made in
Shut-off valves
CHINA
Application fields
WATER
60
CONDITIONING
GAS
HEATING
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
INDUSTRY
MARINE
FIRE FIGHTING
Serie J9
The shut-off wafer butterfly valves in Series J9 are equipped with a centred disc and wafer type body, and are made of
ductile iron or stainless steel, manufactured in accordance with severe product norms and in conformity to EN ISO 9001.
These valves are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and water distribution, industrial applications, agricultural purposes for compressed air, gas, oils and hydrocarbons.
YES: for in line and end of line installation with frequent actuation; the integrated support, in accordance with ISO 5211,
allows easy mounting of a wide range of actuators and drives.
They are suitable for choking and regulating the flow.
NO: for steam.
1. Epoxy coating.
3
2. Lever suitable for intermediate regulation.
Shut-off valves
3. Lockable operation lever.

4. A notch machined at the top of the stem
indicates the position of the disc and allows
adjusting the lever/actuator to the correct
position, when the command/lever is removed.
5. Compact design.
7

7. Alignment holes. Suitable for mounting
between PN6, PN10, PN16 and ANSI 150
for DN 25400
For DN 450-600 stainless steel for PN 10
and PN 16 flanges.
Accessories
Actuators
Extension for main water system connection
Position indicator and padlocking for gear box
Micro-switch for gear box
Electric actuators
Kit: micro-switches for ON/OFF position
Gear box
indicator
Chain driven control

On request: micro-switches, position indicators

In conformity with D.M. 174 (directive
97/83/CE)

Face-to-face: EN558/1-20 (ISO 5752-20, DIN 3202K1)
Design: EN593, EN13445, ISO 5211, EN12570
Marking: EN19
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
61
F1
6
7
8
3
4
min. pipe
C
B
J9.1/J9.6 DN25-250
1
D
J9.1/J9.6 DN25-250
Shut-off valves
2
5
R
L2
W
F2
J9.1 DN300-600
L1
n x
q
J
q
G
n x
ISO5211
ISO5211
S
Parallel key ISO R773 / DIN6885A
DN450-600
DN25-400
62
www.brandoni.it
J9.0 DN450-600 / J9.1 DN300-600
Serie J9
J9.1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
J9.6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Component
Material
Body
Disco
Stem DN25-400
Stem DN450-600
Liner
Bushing
Washer
Circlip ISO3075
O-ring
Lever
Bolts
EN GJS 400 - 15
EN GJS 400 - 15 nickel plated / ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M / CuAl11Fe4 ASTM B148 C94500
AISI 420
AISI 416
EPDM / NBR / FKM (Viton) / PTFE
PTFE
Spring steel
FKM (Viton)
DN25-150 aluminium / DN 200-250 EN GJS 400-15
Component
Material
Body
Disco
Stem
Liner
Bushing
Washer
Circlip ISO3075
O-ring
Lever
Bolts
ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M

ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M / CuAl11Fe4 ASTM B148 C94500
AISI 316
PTFE
Stainless steel A4
Stainless steel A4
FKM (Viton)
DN25-150 aluminium / DN200-250 EN GJS 400-15
Stainless steel A4
Shut-off valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
25
33
65
104
51
192
68
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
-
DN
A
C
D
B
F1
Z
F2
L
T
L1
L2
W
O
R
D min pipe
32
33
73
110
56
192
68
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
1
12
40
33
82
116
63
170
50
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
5
27
Mounting between flanges 1

F05
65
50
4x7
7
32
ISO 5211
G
J
nxq
S
E
50
43
89
126
62
170
50
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
5
31
65
46
102
136
69
170
50
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
9
45
80
46
118
150
90
206
69
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
17
65
100
52
150
170
106
206
69
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
26
90
125
56
174
180
119
285
90
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
34
110
150
56
205
200
131
285
90
170
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
50
146
200
60
260
230
166
400
72
235
190
78
155
176
63
300
71
194
250
68
318
266
202
530
72
226
190
80
170
195
81
300
91
241
300
78
376
292
235
226
190
80
170
195
81
300
112
291
350
78
406
335
257
226
190
80
170
195
81
300
128
324
400
102
471
360
292
226
190
80
170
195
81
300
144
379
EN 1092 pN6 - pN10 - pN16 - ANSI B16.5 #150
F05
65
50
4x7
7
32
F05
65
50
4x7
9
21
450
114
539
422
318
216
183
80
151
188
80
285
163
428
500
127
594
480
355
256
311
125
214
275
168
285
182
475
600
154
695
562
444
285
386
136
262
324
293
385
219
573
EN 1092 pN10
F05
65
50
4x7
9
21
F05
65
50
4x7
9
21
F05
65
50
4x7
11
21
F05
65
50
4x7
11
21
F07
90
70
4x9
14
27
F07
90
70
4x9
14
27
F10
F12
F12
F12
F12
F14
F14
F16
1 25
1 50
1 50
1 50
1 50
175
175
210
1 02
1 25
1 25
1 25
1 25
140
140
165
4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 22
17
27
27
27
27
38
41,15 50,65
27
27
27
27
27
51,2
64,2
70,2
1,8
5,8
-
2,1
2,1
6,1
6,1
2,4
2,4
6,4
6,4
3,2
3,1
7,0
6,9
4,3
4,1
8,1
7,9
6,3
6,1
9,6
9,4
7,8
7,5
11,2
10,9
15,0
14,1
22,0
21,9
23,5
22,8
33,0
32,3
42,0
-
43,0
-
60,0
-
107,4
-
155,8
-
231,1
-
7,8
8,4
8,8
9,2
11,3
12
13
13
17
18
20
21
23
25
26
28
33
36
40
44
48
54
61
68
68
78
88
99
120
134
148
162
189
212
234
257
290
316
342
367
298
347
396
550
481
551
622
850
930
980
1200
-
1250
1350
1500
-
2270
2500
2700
-
400
379
450
428
500
475
600
573
1: please see Instruction and Recommendations
Weight
(kg)
J9.1 with lever

J9.6 with lever
J9.1 with gear box
J9.6 with gear box
1,7
6,2
-
1,7
6,2
-
Operating torque
(Nm)
DP bar
3
6
10
16
4,7
5,1
5,4
5,7
2,9
3,1
3,3
3,4
D min pipe
DN
25
-
32
12
40
27
50
31
65
45
80
65
100
90
125
110
www.brandoni.it
150
146
200
194
250
241
300
291
350
324
63

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Shut-off valves
Fluids *
Mounting
Temperature
BETWEEN FLANGES
END OF LINE
Hazardous gases
16 bar DN25-200
10 bar DN250-350
NO DN400-600
10 bar DN25-100
NO DN125-600
EPDM
Non-hazardous gases
16 bar DN25-300
10 bar DN350-500
6 bar DN600
10 bar DN25-300
6 bar DN350-500
4 bar DN600
Hazardous fluids
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
Non-hazardous fluids
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
min C
MaxC
continuous
peak
-10
120
130
NBR
-10
80
90
FKM (Viton)
-10
150
170
PTFE
-10
120
120


68
bar
18
104
140
212
176
284
248
320 F psi
261
16
232
14
203
12
174
10
145
116
87
4
2
58
29
20
40
60
100
80
120
160 C
140
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with shutter fully opened
m H2O
10
8
6
600
500
400
450
350
300
250
200
150
125
100
80
65
40
50
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
64
10
100
1000
www.brandoni.it
10000
40000 mc/h
Serie J9
Flow rate / opening position chart Flow percentage on the flow at full opening under the same loss of head.
%
100
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
Shut-off valves
Lower regulation angle
80
Upper regulation angle
90
Opening angle ()
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Kv - DN chart ( mc/h per bar )
OPENING ANGLE
DN
mm
ins
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
40
1" 1/2
0,04
2,1
4,8
10
19
30
48
73
79
50
2"
0,05
2,6
6
13
23
38
60
91
99
65
2" 1/2
0,09
5,2
10
22
39
65
103
161
169
80
3"
0,17
7,8
16
34
60
100
158
237
261
100
4"
0,26
15
31
67
120
199
314
471
518
125
5"
0,43
25
53
115
205
339
535
803
883
150
6"
0,69
39
82
177
316
522
827
1241
1364
200
8"
1,73
77
162
352
628
1038
1643
2465
2708
www.brandoni.it
250
10"
2,6
130
276
599
1068
1768
2798
4196
4611
300
12"
3,5
202
427
926
1650
2730
4322
6483
7124
350
14"
5,2
292
617
1376
2384
3945
6243
9364
10291
400
16"
6,9
401
849
1839
3279
5425
8585
12878
14152
450
18"
9,5
531
1124
2437
4342
7185
11371
17057
18743
500
20"
12
683
1445
3133
5609
9238
14620
21930
24099
600
24"
19
1055
2234
4840
8626
14272
22587
33882
37232
65

Versions
Shut-off valves
EpdM liner
J9.000
J9.100
J9.120
J9.170
Body: EN GJL 250

Disc: EN GJS400 nickel plated
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C
Body: EN GJS 400 -15

Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C

Disc: Aluminium-bronze
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 a +120C
J9.101
J9.121
J9.171

Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C

Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
NBR liner
Coating: RAL 5002 colour - GAS version (DN 25-350) with yellow lever
FKM or pTFE liner
J9.102
J9.122
J9.172

Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C

Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
J9.123
J9.173

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C

Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C

66
www.brandoni.it
Serie J9
J9.620
J9.621
J9.622
J9.623
Body: AISI 316

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
Body: AISI 316

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
Body: AISI 316

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
Body: AISI 316

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
Shut-off valves
AISI 316 disc
Aluminium-bronze disc
J9.670
J9.673
Body: AISI 316

Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
Body: AISI 316

Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C
www.brandoni.it
67
Serie L9
DO
AN N
BR
LUG butterfly valve

Shut-off valves
CHINA
Application fields
WATER
68
CONDITIONING
GAS
made in
HEATING
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
INDUSTRY
FIRE FIGHTING
Serie L9
The shut-off LUG butterfly valves in Series L9, with a centred Disc and LUG type body, are made of ductile iron, manufactured in accordance with severe product norms and in conformity to EN ISO 9001.
These valves are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and water distribution, industrial applications, agricultural purposes, for compressed air, gas, oils and hydrocarbon.
YES: for in line and end of line installation with frequent actuation; the integrated support, in accordance with ISO 5211,
allows easy mounting of a wide range of actuators and drives.
They are suitable for choking and regulating the flow.
NO: for steam.
1. Epoxy coating.
2. Lever suitable for intermediate regulation.
Shut-off valves
3. Lockable operation lever.

4. A notch machined at the top of the stem
indicates the position of the disc and allows
adjusting the command to the correct
position, when the command/lever is removed.
6
7
5. Compact design.
7. Threaded holes suitable for mounting
between PN16 for DN25-300 flanges
(on request PN 10) and for mounting
between PN 10 for DN 350-600 flanges.
Accessories
Actuators
Extension for water main system connection
Micro-switch for gear box
Electric actuators
Kit: micro-switches for ON/OFF position
Gear box
indicator
Chain driven control

On request: micro-switches, position indicators

In conformity with D.M. 174 (directive
97/83/CE)

Face-to-face: EN558/1-20 (ISO 5752-20, DIN 3202K1)
Design: EN593, EN13445, ISO 5211, EN12570
Marking: EN19
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
69
Cat2011_L9_p2.drw1_spacca
F1
7
8
n x M
min. pipe
4
L9 DN25-250
L9 DN25-250
Shut-off valves
LUG butterfly valve
2
5
R
L2
F2
L9 DN300-600
L1
n x
q
J
q
G
n x
ISO5211
ISO5211
S
Parallel key ISO R773 / DIN6885A
DN350-600
DN25-300
70
www.brandoni.it
L9 DN300-600
Serie L9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Component
Material
Body
Disc
Stem
Liner
Bushing
Washer
Cirlclip ISO3075
O-ring
Lever
Bolts
EN GJS 400 - 15
EN GJS 400 - 15 nickel plated / ASTM A351 gr. CF8-M / CuAl11Fe4 ASTM B148 C94500
AISI 420
PTFE
Spring steel
FKM (Viton)
DN25-150 aluminium / DN 200-250 EN GJS 400-15
Shut-off valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
25
33
65
104
51
192
68
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
-
DN
A
C
D
B
F1
Z
F2
L
T
L1
L2
W
O
R
D min pipe
32
33
73
110
56
192
68
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
1
12
40
33
82
116
63
170
50
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
5
27
50
43
89
126
62
170
50
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
5
31
65
46
102
136
69
170
50
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
9
45
Mounting between flanges 1
100
52
150
170
106
206
69
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
26
90
125
56
174
180
119
285
90
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
34
110
150
56
205
200
131
285
90
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
50
146
200
60
260
230
166
400
72
235
190
78
155
176
63
300
71
194
250
68
318
266
202
530
72
226
190
80
170
200
81
300
91
241
300
78
376
292
235
226
190
80
170
195
81
300
112
291
350
78
438
368
267
216
183
80
151
188
80
285
128
324
EN 1092 pN16
400
102
489
400
297
216
183
80
151
188
80
285
144
379
450
114
539
422
318
216
183
80
151
188
80
285
163
428
500
127
594
480
355
256
311
125
214
275
168
285
182
475
600
154
695
562
444
285
386
136
262
324
293
385
219
573
EN 1092 pN10
4 x M12 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20 12 x M20 12 x M24 12 x M24 16 x M20 16 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M27
nxM
ISO 5211
G
J
nxq
S
E
Weight
80
46
118
150
90
206
69
130
102,5
65
110
130
45
150
17
65
F05
65
50
4x7
7
32
F05
65
50
4x7
7
32
F05
65
50
4x7
9
21
F05
65
50
4x7
9
21
F05
65
50
4x7
9
21
F05
65
50
4x7
11
21
F05
65
50
4x7
11
21
F07
90
70
4x9
14
27
F07
90
70
4x9
14
27
2,6
6,2
2,6
6,2
2,3
6,1
3,2
7,0
4,1
7,9
5,4
9,2
6,7
10,5
9,6
12,9
10,8
14,1
21,1
28,4
32,7
42,0
41,2
50,5
79,3
122,6
254,8
228,3
308,6
17
18
20
21
23
25
26
28
33
36
40
44
48
54
61
68
68
78
88
99
120
134
148
162
189
212
234
257
290
316
342
367
298
347
396
-
481
551
622
-
930
980
1200
-
1250
1350
1500
-
2270
2500
2700
-
F10
F12
F12
F12
F14
F14
F14
F16
1 25
1 50
1 50
1 50
175
175
175
210
1 02
1 25
1 25
1 25
140
140
140
165
4 x 11 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 13 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 22
17
27
27
31,6 33,15
38
41,15 50,65
27
27
27
45
51,2
51,2
64,2
70,2
(kg)
L9 with lever
L9 with gear box
1: please refer to Instruction and Recommendations
Operating torque
DP bar
3
6
10
16
2,9
3,1
3,3
3,4
(Nm)
4,7
5,1
5,4
5,7
7,8
8,4
8,8
9,2
11,3
12
13
13
www.brandoni.it
71
LUG butterfly valve

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Shut-off valves
Fluids *
Mounting
Temperature
BETWEEN FLANGES
END OF LINE
Hazardous gases
16 bar DN25-200
10 bar DN250-350
NO DN400-600
10 bar DN25-100
NO DN125-600
EPDM
Non-hazardous gases
16 bar DN25-300
10 bar DN350-500
6 bar DN600
10 bar DN25-300
6 bar DN350-500
4 bar DN600
Hazardous fluids
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
16 bar DN25-400
10 bar DN450-600
10 bar DN25-400
6 bar DN450-600
min C
MaxC
continuous
peak
-10
120
130
NBR
-10
80
90
FKM (Viton)
-10
150
170
PTFE
-10
120
120


68
bar
18
104
140
212
176
284
248
320 F psi
261
16
232
14
203
12
174
10
145
116
87
4
2
58
29
20
40
60
100
80
120
160 C
140
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with shutter completely open
m H2O
10
8
6
600
500
400
450
350
300
250
200
150
125
100
80
65
40
50
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
72
10
100
1000
www.brandoni.it
10000
40000 mc/h
Serie L9
Flow rate / opening position chart Flow percentage on the flow at full opening under the same loss of head.
%
100
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
Shut-off valves
Lower regulation angle
80
Upper regulation angle
90
Opening angle ()
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Kv - DN chart ( mc/h per bar )
OPENING ANGLE
DN
mm
ins
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
40
1" 1/2
0,04
2,1
4,8
10
19
30
48
73
79
50
2"
0,05
2,6
6
13
23
38
60
91
99
65
2" 1/2
0,09
5,2
10
22
39
65
103
161
169
80
3"
0,17
7,8
16
34
60
100
158
237
261
100
4"
0,26
15
31
67
120
199
314
471
518
125
5"
0,43
25
53
115
205
339
535
803
883
150
6"
0,69
39
82
177
316
522
827
1241
1364
200
8"
1,73
77
162
352
628
1038
1643
2465
2708
www.brandoni.it
250
10"
2,6
130
276
599
1068
1768
2798
4196
4611
300
12"
3,5
202
427
926
1650
2730
4322
6483
7124
350
14"
5,2
292
617
1376
2384
3945
6243
9364
10291
400
16"
6,9
401
849
1839
3279
5425
8585
12878
14152
450
18"
9,5
531
1124
2437
4342
7185
11371
17057
18743
500
20"
12
683
1445
3133
5609
9238
14620
21930
24099
600
24"
19
1055
2234
4840
8626
14272
22587
33882
37232
73
LUG butterfly valve

Versions
Shut-off valves
EPDM liner
L9.000
L9.100
L9.120
L9.170
Body: EN GJL 250

Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C

Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C

Liner: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
L9.101
L9.121
L9.171

Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C

Liner: NBR
Temp: -10 +80C
NBR liner
Coating: RAL 5002 colour - GAS version (DN 25-350) with yellow lever
FKM or PTFE liner
L9.102
L9.122
L9.172

Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C

Liner: FKM
Temp: -10 +150C
L9.123
L9.173

Disc: AISI 316
Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C

Liner: PTFE
Temp: -10 +120C

Special versions on request
74
www.brandoni.it
Serie J9 - L9
Accessories for series J9 - L9
Stem extension for water main system connection
nx
J
G
DN
H
ISO5211
G
J
n x q
E
S
40-100
125-150
200
250- 500-800-1000
F05
F07
F10
65
90
125
50
70
102
4x7
4x9
4 x 11
20
26
26
11
14
17
250-300
F12
150
125
4 x 13
26
27
Shut-off valves
ISO5211

B
1
2
DN
A
B
25 -150
100
60
200 - 400
120
80
1) Position indicator
2) Chain for padlocking
Limit switches box for gear box

128
M20x1.5
160
114
112
Mechanical switches per standard.

Available on request: proximity switches,
ATEX explosion proof proximity switches.
Limit switches kit for ON-OFF

indication
Chain driver kit
www.brandoni.it
75
Butterfly valves
Instruction and Recommendations for series J9 - L9
Shut-off valves
INSTALLATION AND TRANSPORT

- Keep in dry and closed place.
- While stored, the disc must be partially open (Fig. 1).
- Avoid knocks, take special care to protect lever, hand wheel, gear boxes/actuators.
- Do not use lever or hand wheel to lift the valve.
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve, be sure that the pipes, valves and liquids have cooled down,
or caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject the
valve to stress, once installed. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce these effects as much as
possible. The disc must be partially open (Fig. 1).
FIG. 1
NO
FIG. 2
FIG. 3
NO
N
The stem has a machined notch N (Fig. 2), which indicates the position of the disc; consider this indication, in order to mount
the levers and actuators correctly.
The mounting can be made with the stem axis in a horizontal or vertical position. In case the fluid contains suspended solid
particles (for example, sand, impurities, etc.) o solid particles that may leave deposits, it is recommend that the valve be
installed with its axis horizontal, and in such a way that the bottom end of the disc opens in the direction of flow, F. (Fig. 3)
The item L9 allows the dismantling of the pipes downstream, for pressures below 6 bar. For end of line installation:
- SERIES J9 (all pressures), series L9 (pressure > 6 bar): counter flange MUST be installed
- SERIES L9 (pressure< 6 bar): it is recommended that a counter flange be installed.
Verify maximum working pressure and limits of use under section maximum pressure.
Place the valve between two flanges. While placing the valve, ensure there is sufficient space in order in order not to damage the rubber. Do not mount seals between valve and flanges (Fig. 1). Carefully clean the contact surface. Do not install
the butterfly valve in direct contact with a rubber surface
(for example, expansion joints); the best installation is when
FIG. 4
FIG. 5
the rubber is in contact with metal (Fig. 4).
In order to achieve correct working, the internal diameter
of the pipe must be greater than the value indicated in
the chart. Do not weld the flanges to the tube if the valve
has already been installed. It is recommended that the
flanges listed in the chart be used. As far as possible, avoid
flat flanges for welding (EN 1092 01 type); if these flanges
are used, ensure perfect centring between the flange and
valve, and be sure to weld exactly edgewise to the flange.
Do not let protrusions or sharp edges on the piping cause
damage to the rubber surface of the valve (Fig. 5).
NO
76
www.brandoni.it
Serie J9 - L9
FIG. 7A
FIG. 7B
NON OK
Shut-off valves
Centre the valve on holes while using wafer type valves.

FIG. 6
Tighten the bolts crosswise and progressively, in order to distribute the pressure equally before the body and flanges come
into contact with each other. (Fig. 6)
With regard to the Lug version, check that the screws are the
correct length, in order to allow complete compression of the
lining rubber.
Turbulences of the fluid might increase erosion and reduce
the life-cycle of the valve. Install the valve at a distance of at
least 1 x DN upstream, and at a distance of 2-3 x DN downstream, away from fittings or bends.
In the open position, the valve is larger than the nominal Face
to Face value.
Check that no other components of the piping interfere or create damage or malfunction (Fig. 7A).
If they do, a spacer should be inserted for the valve to operate correctly (Fig. 7B).
OK
FLANGES CHART
Norms
Type
EN 1092-1
PN6/10/16
Type 11
Type 21
Type 02 + 35
Type 02 + 36
Type 04 + 34
weld neck
integral
loose plate with weld ring neck
loose plate with pressed collar
loose plate with weld neck collar
flat face
ANSI B16.1 #150*

ANSI B16.5 #150*
raised face
lap joint
CHART MINIMUM DIAMETER OF PIPES

DN
min. pipe
25
-
32
12
40
27
50
31
65
45
80
65
100
90
125
110
150
146
www.brandoni.it
200
194
250
241
300
291
350
324
400
379
450
428
500
475
600
573
77
Soft seated gate valve

Shut-off valves
78
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
BR
made in
CHINA
Application fields
WATER
DO
AN N
Serie 20.900 - 21.900
DRINKING WATER
FIRE FIGHTING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 20.900 -21.900

The valves in series 20.900/21.900 are soft seated gate valves, made of ductile iron, manufactured in accordance with
severe product norms and relevant norms, and in conformity to EN ISO 9001; they are available with reduced Face to
Face dimension (flat body) and long Face to Face dimension (oval body).
These valves are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and water distribution, waste water,
Shut-off valves
industrial applications, agricultural purposes. Also available with NBR coated soft seat; suitable for sewage.
They allow the fitting of an ISO 5210 adaptor kit for a wide range of actuators to be fitted.
NO: for steam, for chocking and regulation of the flow.
2
1. Internal and external epoxy coating,
minimum thickness 250 m.
All parts in contact with water are suitable for
drinking water treatment.
2. Stem seal with 4 O-rings, to be exchangeable

while valve is in the open position,
and the line is under pressure.
3. Predisposed for ISO 5210 flange and position
indicator to be fitted, and for valves already
installed. For series 20.900 up to DN 300.
4. Soft seat fully coated with EPDM or NBR.
5. Completely free and full bore.
6. Low friction wedge, plastic cap.
4
5
6
Accessories
Actuators
Electric actuators
Stem extension
Gear box
Kit: ISO 5210 flange for mounting actuators

(only Series 20.900 DN40-300)
ON/OFF position indicator on request with

limit switches (only Series 20.900 DN40-300)

SERIES 20.900 - In conformity with D.M. 174
(directive 97/83/CE)

Face-to-face: EN558/1 (ISO5752)
Flanges: EN1092
Design: EN1074, EN1171, ISO7259, EN13445, ISO 5210, EN12570
Marking: EN19
(ISO 5208 cat. A)
www.brandoni.it
79

V
SW
Hv
15
3
14
Shut-off valves
4
11
2
13
5
10
13
12
H1
9
1
7
6
DN
n x
d
A
I
C
80
www.brandoni.it
Serie 20.900 -21.900
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Stem
Ring
Thrust bearing
Wedge
Wedge sliding caps
Wedge nut
Bonnet seal
Lip seal
O-ring
Screws
Screw cover cap
Dust guard
Hand Wheel
EN GJS500-7 EN1563
EN GJS500-7 EN1563
X20Cr13 EN10088 (AISI 420)
Brass CW614 EN12164
Bronze
EN GJS400-15 EN1563, EPDM or NBR coated
Poliammide PA66
Brass CW614 EN12164
EPDM
NBR
NBR
Galvanized steel
Polyethylene
NBR
Carbon steel epoxy coated
Shut-off valves
Materials
Serie 20.900
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H1
H
B
V
Hv
SW
D
I
n x d
I
n x d
EN558/1 14
approx.
EN1092-2 PN16
EN1092-2 PN16
EN1092-2 PN10
EN1092-2 PN10
Weight
20.900
40
140
208
75
128
160
20
14
150
110
4x19
110
4x19
50
150
222
82,5
128
160
20
14
165
125
4x19
125
4x19
65
170
247
92,5
145
160
20
14
185
145
4x19
145
4x19
80
180
300
100
162
200
30
19
200
160
8x19
160
8x19
100
190
322
110
181
200
30
19
220
180
8x19
180
8x19
125
200
369
125
209
250
36
19
250
210
8x19
210
8x19
150
210
408
142,5
239
250
36
19
285
240
8x23
240
8x23
200
230
531
170
305
300
38
27
340
295
12x23
295
8x23
250
250
610
202,5
362
380
38
27
405
355
12x28
350
12x23
300
270
689
230
422
450
38
27
460
410
12x28
400
12x23
350
290
845
260
320
38
27
520
470
16x28
460
16x23
8,8
10,2
13,9
15,7
20,5
26,1
34,6
56,5
86
116
150
48
48
70
70
100
100
120
180
225
500
(kg)
Free shaft
Operating torque
(Nm)
48
Dp 16 bar
Serie 21.900
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H1
H
V
Hv
SW
D
I
n x d
I
n x d
EN558/1 15
approx.
EN1092-2 PN16
EN1092-2 PN16
EN1092-2 PN10
EN1092-2 PN10
Weight
21.900
50
250
268
82,5
150
20
15
165
125
4x19
125
4x19
65
270
296
92,5
150
20
15
185
145
4x19
145
4x19
80
280
340
100
175
30
17
200
160
8x19
160
8x19
100
300
367
110
200
30
17
220
180
8x19
180
8x19
125
325
424
125
250
36
19
250
210
8x19
210
8x19
150
350
515
142,5
250
36
19
285
240
8x23
240
8x23
200
400
550
170
280
38
24
340
295
12x23
295
8x23
250
450
685
202,5
300
38
24
405
355
12x28
350
12x23
13,7
17,5
22,8
30,6
43
53
88
118,5
41
45
55
89
158
169
210
245
(kg)
Free shaft
Operating torque
Dp 16 bar
40
240
268
75
150
20
15
150
110
4x18
110
4x18
(Nm)
41
www.brandoni.it
81

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids *
Hazardous gases
Shut-off valves
Temperature
Mounting
BETWEEN FLANGES
min C
END OF LINE
NO
EPDM / NBR
Non-hazardous gases
16 bar DN25-300
10 bar DN350
Hazardous fluids
16 bar DN40-300
10 bar DN350
16 bar DN40-350
-10
MaxC
continuous
peak
70
80
NO

DN 300
DN 250
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
DN 40
mmH2O/m
DN 50
5000
1000
100
50
5
82
10
100
1000
www.brandoni.it
10000
mc/h
Serie 20.900 -21.900

Versions
20.900
20.901
Body: EN GJS 500

Soft seat: EN GJS 400-15 + EPDM
Stem: AISI 420
Temp: -10 +70C
Body: EN GJS 500

Soft seat: EN GJS 400-15 + NBR
Stem: AISI 420
Temp: -10 +70C
Shut-off valves
Flat body
Coating: RAL 5005 colour - minimum thickness 250 m
Oval body
21.900
Body: EN GJS 500
Soft seat: EN GJS 400-15 + EPDM
Stem: AISI 420
Temp: -10 +70C
Coating: RAL 5005 colour - minimum thickness 250 m
www.brandoni.it
83

Accessories
DN
Hc
C
A
40-50-65
53
27
14
80-100-125-150
75
27
19
200-250-300
100
27
27
Hc
Shut-off valves
Stem extension
C
For Series 20.900

DN
Mod
L
A
M
C
40 - 65
AMF.1000X14X15
1000
14
15
26
80 - 150
AMF.1000X16X21
1000
16
21
26
200 - 300
AMF.1000X18X28
1000
18
28
26
For Series 21.900

DN
50 - 65
80 - 100
125 - 200
250 - 300
Mod AMF.1000X16X17 AMF.1000X16X21 AMF.1000X18X23 AMF.1000X18X26
L
1000
1000
1000
1000
A
16
16
18
18
M
26
26
26
26
C
26
26
26
26
Kit ISO flange for actuator mounting (Art. 20.900)

J
X
ISO5210
Hb
3 2
DN
ISO 5210
Hb
X
W
J
U
BxL
Kit Weight
40
F07
179
100
120
41
42
12x32
1,25
50
F07
193
100
120
41
42
12x32
1,25
65
F07
219
100
120
41
42
12x32
1,25
80
F10-12
265
120
140
42
42
12x32
1,5
100
F10-12
287
120
140
42
42
12x32
1,5
125
F10-12
334
120
140
42
42
12x32
1,5
150
F10-12
373
120
140
42
42
12x32
1,5
200
F14
481
140
180
63
60
18x50
3,1
250
F14
560
140
180
63
60
18x50
3,1
300
F14
639
140
180
63
60
18x50
3,1
1) Bracket (galvanized steel)

2) Joint (galvanized steel)
3) BxL ISO R773 / DIN 6885A parallel key
ON/OFF position indicator (Art. 20.900) - On request with limit switches
Sw
H2
H1
DN
H1
H2
SW
Kit Weight
84
40
244
271
14
1,15
50
258
285
14
1,15
65
283
310
14
1,15
80
320
358
19
1,11
100
343
381
19
1,11
125
389
427
19
1,11
150
428
466
19
1,11
200
564
617
27
2,67
www.brandoni.it
250
660
713
27
2,67
300
721
774
27
2,67
1) Hub (galvanized steel)

2) Indicator (DN40-150 POM / DN200-300
galvanized steel)
3) Cover (DN40-150 POM / DN200-300
galvanized steel)
Serie 20.900 -21.900

STORING
Keep in dry and closed place.
FIG. 1
MAINTENANCE
Brandonis soft seated gate valves conform to ISO 7259 norms and therefore
allow replacement of the stem O-ring seals without dismantling the valve,
with the line under pressure.
1
2
3
1. Open the valve completely

2. Remove bonnet/hand wheel by loosening the screws (fig.1 n1)
3. Remove the dust protection (fig.1 n2)
4. Take out the bushing (fig.1 n3)
5. Replace the O-ring
6. Reassemble
Shut-off valves
It is possible to work on other internal parts by sectioning off the line

and depressurizing but without dismantling the body of the valve.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve:
Ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down, that the pressure has decreased, and that the lines and pipes
have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable or caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care
- The valve must be installed in an open or closed position.
- The lifting of the valve must be done using belts and safety hooks (fig.2).
FIG. 2
- Prior to installing the valve, ensure that the piping has been carefully
cleaned and is free of any residual particles, such as soil, small stones, etc.
- In case of installation in wells, ensure there is suitable drainage.
- In case of installation of valves of diameter greater than DN 200,
it is recommended that a dismantling joint be installed, in order to facilitate
the installation/disassembly.
- Place the valve between the flanges of the tube and put liners
between the flanges of the valve and the flanges of the tube.
Check that the liners are positioned correctly.
The distance between the counter flanges must be the same
as the face to face distance of the valve.
Do not use the bolts of the counter flanges to close the piping.
The bolts must be tightened crosswise.
- Do not weld the flanges to the pipe after installing the valve.
valve to stress, once it has been installed. It is recommended that elastic joints be used, in order to reduce these effects as
much as possible.
USE
In environments exposed to frequent freezing, drain the piping and the valve of stagnant water.
www.brandoni.it
85
Serie 18
Shut-off valves
Bidirectional knife gate valve
Application fields
WATER
86
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 18
The bidirectional knife gate valves in Series 18 have a cast iron or stainless steel body, which is produced in conformity with
the severe product norms and in conformity with EN ISO 9001 quality requirements.
They are available with various seals and, on request, may be manufactured with a square shape.
Those valves are suitable for water plants, pneumatic plants, waste water and purification plants, and for the chemical
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item).
The seals are available in different materials, for use with the various fluids/service media.
These valves are supplied, as standard, with a rising stem. On request, they can be fitted with a non-rising stem, as well as
with a wide range of actuators and accessories available for this series.
YES: for choking and regulation of the flow. Self-cleaning.
Shut-off valves
and food industries. Furthermore, they are suitable for handling viscous liquids, and liquids with solid parts in suspension.
1. Compact design. Face to face in accordance with

EN558-1 Series 20 (ex DIN 3202 T3 K1).
2. Bidirectional.
3. Standard rising stem (non-rising stem on request).
4. Adjustment screws for gate packing.
5. Possibility of installing a scraper for cleaning the gate.
6. The absence of a cavity prevents the deposit of material,
self-cleaning
7. Construction in 2 parts, in order to facilitate

maintenance
8. Versions with a cast iron body: epoxy coating RAL 5017.
8
7
Accessories
Actuator and drives
V-port
Pneumatic and electric actuators
Mechanical limit switches
Gear boxes
Chain driver
Chain driver
Square cap
Operation lever
Hand-protection for pneumatic actuator
Scraper
Solenoid valve for pneumatic actuator


Face-to-face: EN 558-1
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN 12266
www.brandoni.it
87
13
4
H1
Shut-off valves
12
10
11
1
1
2
DN
n x M
A
88
www.brandoni.it
Serie 18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
-
Component
Material
Body
Gate
Seat
Plates
Bearing
Stem
Nut
Sliding washer
Stud bolt
Packing
Packing support
Packing adjustment screw
Hand wheel
Bolts
EN GJL 250 / CF8M

AISI 316
Butyl / NBR / EPDM / FKM (Viton) / PTFE
Ductile iron, epoxy coated
AISI 316
Bronze
PTFE
AISI 304
NBR
AISI 316
AISI 304
AISI 304
Shut-off valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
H1
V
F
n x M
Weight
kg
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
43
46
46
52
56
56
60
68
78
78
90
90
95
105
267
293
334
371
411
500
602
703
835
921
1031
1161
1271
1458
335
376
419
476
541
651
903
954
1137
1273
1433
1604
1779
2066
175
175
225
225
225
300
300
300
400
400
400
500
500
500
EN 1092/2 PN10
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
350
400
460
515
565
620
725
EN 1092/2 PN10 4 x M16 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20 8 x M20 12 x M20 12 x M20 16 x M20 16 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M24 20 x M27
EN 558/1-20
(kg)
7
11
13
15
24
www.brandoni.it
35
55
67
120
135
205
225
300
89

Maximum pressure
Temperature
min C
MaxC
DN 50-150
10 bar
EPDM
-20
100
DN 200
8 bar
Butile
-20
80
DN 250
7 bar
NBR
-20
90
DN 300-350
6 bar
FKM (Viton)
-20
200
DN 400-450
5 bar
PTFE
-20
220
DN 500-600
4 bar
Shut-off valves
DN
Temperature
Pressure
DN600
DN350
DN400
DN450
DN500
DN300
DN250
DN200
DN150
DN125
DN100
DN80
10 m H2O
DN65
DN50
Head loss Valve completely open. Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
0,2
100
10
1000
10000
40000 mc/h
100
80
% Flowrate
60
40
20
10
30
20
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
% Opening
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
90
mc/h
50
99
65
167,2
80
253,3
100
395,8
125
618,5
150
890,6
200
1583,4
www.brandoni.it
250
2474
300
3562,6
350
4849
400
6335
450
8015
500
9896
600
14250
Serie 18
Versions
18.000
18.001
18.009
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
18.600
18.601
18.602
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +200C
18.603
18.609
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +220C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
Shut-off valves
Cast iron body
AISI 316 body
www.brandoni.it
91
Serie 19
Shut-off valves
Unidirectional knife gate valve
Application fields
WATER
92
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 19
The bidirectional knife gate valves in Series 19, with a cast iron or stainless steel body, are produced in conformity with
severe product norms and with EN ISO 9001 quality requirements.
They are available with various seals and, on request, may be manufactured with a square shape.
These valves are suitable for water plants, pneumatic plants, waste water and purification plants, and for the chemical
(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item).
The seals are available in different materials, which correspond to the various fluids to be carried.
These valves are supplied, as standard, with a rising stem. On request, they can be equipped with a non-rising stem, as
well as with a wide range of actuators and accessories available for this series.
YES: for choking and regulation of the flow. Self-cleaning.
Shut-off valves
and food industries. Furthermore, they are suitable for handling viscous liquids or liquids with solid parts in suspension.
1. Compact design. Face to Face in accordance with

EN558-1 Series 20 (ex DIN 3202 T3 K1).
2. Unidirectional.
5. Easy replacement of packing seals.
6. 1 piece body.
7. Versions with a cast iron body: epoxy coating
RAL 5017.
5
Accessories
Actuator and drives
V-port
Gear boxes
Chain driver
Chain driver
Square cap
Operation lever
Knife protection for pneumatic actuator
Conical deflector


Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
93
14
11
10
H1
Shut-off valves
12
H
13
6
4
5
1
DN
n x M
A
94
www.brandoni.it
Serie 19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
-
Component
Material
Body
Gate
Seal
Packing gland
Packing
Plates
Bearing
Stem
Nut
Sliding washer
Stud
Packing adjustment stud bolt
Packing adjustment nut
Hand wheel
Bolts
EN GJL 250 / CF8M

AISI 316
Butyl / NBR / EPDM / FKM / PTFE / metal - metal
EN GJS 400-15
PTFE + EPDM
AISI 316
Bronze
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
Shut-off valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
H1
V
F
n x M
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
43
46
46
52
56
56
60
68
78
96
100
106
110
110
301
338
366
393
446
548
659
733
870
924
1020
1119
1250
1430
361
411
448
495
573
699
860
984
1172
1276
1423
1562
1758
2038
175
175
225
225
225
300
300
300
400
400
400
500
500
500
EN 1092/2 PN10
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
350
400
460
515
565
620
725
EN 558/1-20
Weight
kg
(kg)
5
11
13
22
www.brandoni.it
33
53
65
118
133
203
223
298
95

Maximum pressure
Temperature
min C
MaxC
DN 50-150
10 bar
EPDM
-20
100
DN 200
8 bar
Butyl
-20
80
DN 250
7 bar
NBR
-20
90
DN 300-350
6 bar
FKM (Viton)
-20
200
DN 400-450
5 bar
PTFE
-20
220
DN 500-600
4 bar
Metal- metal
-20
300
Shut-off valves
DN
Temperature
Pressure
DN600
DN350
DN400
DN450
DN500
DN300
DN250
DN200
DN150
DN125
DN100
DN80
10 m H2O
DN65
DN50
0,2
100
10
1000
10000
40000 mc/h
100
80
% Flowrate
60
40
20
10
30
20
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
% Opening
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
96
mc/h
50
99
65
167,2
80
253,3
100
395,8
125
618,5
150
890,6
200
1583,4
www.brandoni.it
250
2474
300
3562,6
350
4849
400
6335
450
8015
500
9896
600
14250
Serie 19
Versions
19.000
19.001
19.006
19.009
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal- metal
Temp: -20 +300C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
19.600
19.601
19.602
19.603
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +200C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +220C
19.606
19.609
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal- metal
Temp: -20 +300C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
Shut-off valves
Cast iron body
AISI 316 body
www.brandoni.it
97
Serie 23
Shut-off valves
Through blade knife gate valve bidirectional
Application fields
WATER
98
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 23
The bidirectional through blade knife gate valves in Series 23, with a cast iron or stainless steel body, produced in conformity with the severe product norms and in conformity with EN ISO 9001 quality requirements. These are available with
various seals, and may be manufactured to withstand high pressures, up to 100 bar.
These valves are suitable for water plants, waste water, and for the paper, chemical, sugar, tanning and pharmaceutical
They are suitable for handling mud, viscous fluids, dense fluids, abrasive powders, dusts, chips of plastic materials and
molasses. (Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item).
The seals are available in different materials to correspond to the various fluids to be conduct.
These valves are supplied per standard with a rising stem. On request, they can be equipped with a non-rising stem, as
well as with a wide range of actuators and accessories available for this series.
YES: for chocking and regulation of the flow. Self-cleaning
Shut-off valves
industries.
1. Compact design. Face to face not standardized.

2. Bidirectional.

5. The absence of cavity prevents the deposit of

material. Self-cleaning.
5
6
6. 2-parts construction, to facilitate maintenance.
7. Versions with a cast iron body: epoxy coating

RAL 5017.
Accessories
Actuator and drives
V-port
Gear boxes
Chain driver
Chain driver
Square cap
Operation lever
Hand-protection for pneumatic actuator
Conical deflector


Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
99

V
11
7
8
15
10
9
4
5
n a x M
1
3
H2
DN
12
13
H1
14
H
Shut-off valves
14
5
4
2
F
100
www.brandoni.it
Serie 23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
-
Component
Material
Body
Gate
Seal
Packing gland
Packing
Plates
Bearing
Stem
Nut
Sliding washer
Stud bolt
Packing adjustment stud bolt
Packing adjustment nut
Stem stop
Hand Wheel
Bolts
EN GJL 250 / CF8M

AISI 316
Butyl / NBR / EPDM / FKM / PTFE / metal - metal
EN GJS 400-15
PTFE + EPDM
AISI 316
Bronze
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
Shut-off valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
H1
H2
V
F
na x M (1)
n b (2)
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
43
43
50
50
50
60
60
70
80
80
90
90
95
105
298
329
360
382
430
511
627
737
870
955
1005
1075
1146
1375
340
386
425
468
541
641
834
992
1139
1277
1377
1519
1661
1990
221
256
292
336
398
468
631
765
862
990
1102
1245
1388
1637
175
175
225
225
225
300
300
300
400
400
400
500
500
500
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
350
400
460
515
565
620
725
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
8
8
6
(1): number of threaded holes on the valve body

(2): number of through bolts
Weight
kg
(kg)
9
10
14
17
20
31
www.brandoni.it
46
72
87
156
176
267
293
390
101

Maximum pressure
Temperature
min C
MaxC
DN 50-150
10 bar
EPDM
-20
100
DN 200
8 bar
Butyl
-20
80
DN 250
7 bar
NBR
-20
90
DN 300-350
6 bar
FKM (Viton)
-20
200
DN 400-450
5 bar
PTFE
-20
220
DN 500-600
4 bar
Metal- metal
-20
300
Shut-off valves
DN
Temperature
Pressure
DN600
DN350
DN400
DN450
DN500
DN300
DN250
DN200
DN150
DN125
DN100
DN80
10 m H2O
DN65
DN50
0,2
100
10
1000
10000
40000 mc/h
100
80
% Flowrate
60
40
20
10
30
20
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
% Opening
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
102
mc/h
50
99
65
167,2
80
253,3
100
395,8
125
618,5
150
890,6
200
1583,4
www.brandoni.it
250
2474
300
3562,6
350
4849
400
6335
450
8015
500
9896
600
14250
Serie 23
Versions
23.000
23.001
23.006
23.009
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal - metal
Temp: -20 +300C
Body: EN GJL 250

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
23.600
23.601
23.602
23.603
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: Butyl
Temp: -20 +80C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -20 +90C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +200C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +220C
23.606
23.609
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: metal - metal
Temp: -20 +300C
Body: AISI 316

Gate: AISI 316
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -20 +100C
Shut-off valves
Cast iron body
AISI 316 body
www.brandoni.it
103
Knife gate valves

Accessories for series 18 - 19 - 23
Chain driver
Square cap
Hand-Protection for pneumatic actuator
Conical deflector
Shut-off valves
V-port
Scraper
104
For series 18
www.brandoni.it
For series 19 - 23
Serie 18 - 19 - 23
Instruction and Recommendations for series 18 - 19 - 23
HOw TO CHOOSE THE VALVE

The operation area of the valve is limited to given temperatures and fluid types, depending on the material of the seal. It
is important to communicate the working temperature and pressure and the medium, in order to be sure that the valve is
suitable for the application.
Some indications for choosing the seal:
EPDM - Advantages: It has excellent resistance to heat, ozone and sunlight, very good flexibility at low temperatures, good
resistance to alkalis, acids, oxygenated solvents and very good resistance to water and steam. Limits: poor resistance to oil,
gasoline and all hydrocarbon-based solvents.
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20 /+100C.
NBR - Advantages: excellent resistance to oil and mineral lubricants, good resistance to gasoline, alkalis, acids, hydrocarbon-based solvents. Limits: poor resistance to ozone and to aromatic hydrocarbons
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20 /+90C.
BUTYL (natural rubber) Advantages: this category includes elastomers made from natural rubber. High resistance to extending, great resistance to tearing and abrasions and good flexibility at lower temperatures.
Maximum continuous operating temperature -20/+ 80C.
FKM (Viton) - Advantages: excellent resistance to ozone and sunlight, lubricant oils and hydrocarbons. Poor flexibility at
lower temperatures. Good resistance to alkalis, acids and hot water. Not suitable for steam.
PTFE - Advantages: excellent resistance to a wide range of media materials.
Shut-off valves
STORAGE AND TRANSPORT

- Keep in dry and closed place. Avoid exposure of the elastomeric parts to sunlight.
- For art. 18.000 and 19.000: during storage, the gate has to be partially open in order to prevent damage to the elastomeric
part.
- Avoid knocks, especially to the delicate parts (lever, hand wheel, gear boxes/actuators). Do not use the weaker parts
(lever, hand wheel) to lift the valve.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- The valve is suitable for installation with the stem axis in a vertical or horizontal position. For valves with pneumatic actuators, for mounting with the stem axis horizontal, an appropriate support is needed (fig. 1) for DN > 200.
- The mounting has to be made between flanges. In case of end of line installation, a counter flange MUST be mounted
(fig. 2).
FIG. 1
FIG. 2
Support
Counterflange
www.brandoni.it
105
Knife gate valves
Shut-off valves
- Clean the surfaces of contact carefully.

- Use flat gaskets suitable for the working temperature and medium type, as indicated below:
Series 18.000: 2 gaskets
Series 19.000: 1 gasket for DN50-300. 2 gaskets for DN350-600
Series 23.000: NO gaskets for DN50-300. 2 gaskets for DN350-600
- Avoid the presence of protrusions and sharp edges of the piping, in order not to damage the surface of the valve lining.
- Chose a screw of the correct length: if the screw too long, it will not be possible to tighten it sufficiently. Assemble as shown
in Fig. 3 b or 3 c. Tighten bolts crosswise.
Valve
Flange
Fig.
FIG.3b
3b OK
YES
Fig.3a
3aNO
NO
FIG.
Fig. 3c
3cYES
OK
FIG.
- Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping which might subject the valve to unwanted stresses, once it
has been installed. Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. It is recommended that such conditions should be
avoided, or elastic joints be used, in order to reduce such effects. The joints have to be mounted to obtain a rubber on
metal contact (for series 19.000 and 23.000 avoid mounting the joint directly on the valve lining).
The valves in Series 19.000 are unidirectional. Respect the flow direction indicated by the arrow on the body. If a conical
deflector is installed, ensure that it is installed in the flow direction for correct operation.
Closure is achieved by turning clockwise, the approximate number of turns for complete opening/closing of the valve is:
SERIES
18 - 23
19
DN
No. of turns
No. of turns
50
14
16
65
17.5
19
80
21
23
100
26
28
125
32.5
34
150
31
33
200
41
43
250
51
53
300
61
63
350
71
73
400
81
83
450
65
67
500
72
74
600
86
88
For manual or electrical actuation of the valve, once the valve has been installed, grease the nut and screw with a waterrepellent grease (for example silicon grease or Molykote) in order to avoid seizures.
While putting the valve into operation, and periodically during its life span, it is recommended that the seals between the
gate and body, and those in the upper part of the valve (also in the lower part for series 23.000) be checked.
During valve assembly, the packing gland bolts are tightened with a standard torque. However, depending on the pressure
and other service conditions, if a leakage from upper part of the valve should be spotted, it may be necessary to tighten
these bolts further. Cross tighten the bolts and respect the torque values indicated in the Maintenance section.
wARNING FOR VALVES wITH PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
BSP 3/8 G for DN50-65 and BSP 1/2 G for DN80-600 threads are provided for air supply connection.
Air supply pressure must be between 6 and 10 bar.
In order to ensure correct closure, a supply pressure of minimum 6 bar is recommended.
NB: Pressure below 6 bar may cause the valve to open/close too slowly, as well as incomplete closure.
The air supply to the actuator must have previously been filtered, dehumidified and lubricated.
Capacity of cylinder (litres of air at 1 bar of pressure) is:
DN
cylinder
Litres
50
80
0.35
65
80
0.43
80
100
0.72
100
100
0.97
125
125
1.87
150
160
3.48
200
190
6.44
250
190
7.85
300
190
9.25
350
250
18.61
400
250
21.25
450
300
34.07
500
300
37.68
600
300
44.75
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR VALVES wITH ELECTRIC ACTUATOR

The user must follow the instructions for using and maintaining the actuator.
Valves with an electric actuator (especially those with modulating actuators) must be checked and lubricated every week.
106
www.brandoni.it
Serie 18 - 19 - 23
It is recommended that the valve be opened/closed at least twice a year to check that it works properly. It is important
to plan periodic inspections to check for any leakages between the body and gate and to verify the conditions of the
elastomer seal. In the case of leakages, the packing adjustment screws may be tightened a little. In the event of it being
necessary to replace the seals, proceed as indicated here below:
Shut-off valves
MAINTENANCE
NB: OPERATING ON A LINE UNDER PRESSURE MIGHT CAUSE INJURY AND DAMAGE TO THE PLANT.
Before dismantling or maintaining the plant:
Ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down, the pressure has decreased and the lines and pipes have been
drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable or caustic liquids.
FIG. 4
5
REPLACING THE SEALS, SERIES 18.000 (fig. 4)
9
3
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Dismantle the valve from the plant.

Remove the screws (1) fixing the stem to the gate.
Remove the screws (2) fixing the plates (3) to the body (5).
Remove the upper part of the valve.
Remove the screws (4) and split the 2 semi bodies (5).
Check the condition of the U seal (6) between
the 2 parts of the semi bodies and replace it, if necessary.
g. Check the conditions of the seals (7) between the body
and gate, located in the upper part of the semi bodies
and replace them, if necessary.
h. Assemble the 2 parts of the semi bodies, installing
the U seal.
2
7
1
5
9
The torque for tightening the screws is:

DN
Torque (Nm)
i.
j.
k.
l.
50
40
65
40
80
40
100
40
125
40
150
75
200
75
250
75
300
75
350
75
400
75
450
75
500
120
600
120
Re-assemble the valve, carrying out points a-d above, in reverse order.
Grease the nut and screw with neutral, water-repellent grease (for example, silicone grease or Molykote).
Before putting the valve back in operation, carry out a hydrostatic test, if possible.
Check the seal between the body and gate in the upper part of the valve while putting the valve in operating.
In the event of leaks, the adjustment screws (9) may be tightened a little; tighten the screws crosswise and do not exceed
the indicated torque. To finish, fix with counter nuts.
DN
Torque min (Nm)
Torque max (Nm)
50
2.5
3.6
65
2.8
3.6
80
3.2
4.5
100
3.6
5.0
125
3.6
5.0
150
4.3
5.8
200
4.5
6.0
www.brandoni.it
250
5.0
6.8
300
6.0
8.2
350
8.5
11
400
10
13
450
14
16
500
15
19
600
27
32
107
Knife gate valves
Shut-off valves

a. Dismantle the valve from the plant.
b. Remove the screws (1) fixing the stem to the gate.
c. Remove the screws (2) fixing the plates (3) to the body (5).
d. Remove the upper part of the valve.
e. Remove the gate seat (5). Check its condition, and replace it, if necessary.
f. Remove the nuts (6) and then, the packing gland (7); removing the stud bolts (8) might facilitate the next operation.
g. Remove the packing from its housing.
h. Put the new packing (9) in place. Insert the packing braids, one by one, into the packing housing, ensuring that the two
ends of each seal match without overlapping and that the seal ends are placed with their opposite sides alternating (see
fig. 6a)
i. Install the stud bolts (8) and packing gland (7). Tighten the nuts (6) by hand, until contact with the packing gland is established, and then proceed with another turn. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
j. Re-assemble the valve, carrying out points a-d above, in reverse order.
k. Grease the screw and nut with neutral, water-repellent grease (for example, silicone grease or Molykote).
l. Before putting the valve back into operation, check the seal between the body and gate in the upper parts of the valve.
In the event of leaks, the packing adjustment nuts (6) may be tightened a little, until the leaks stop.
IMPORTANT: Once the leaks have stopped, do not continue to tighten the nuts of the packing gland. Excess pressure on the
packing gland will result in a high operating torque of the valve, and cause the seal to deteriorate more quickly.
FIG. 5
6
3
1
9
2
8
5a. Packing layout details
108
www.brandoni.it
Serie 18 - 19 - 23
a. Dismantle the valve from the plant.

b. Remove the screws (1) fixing the stem to the gate.
c. Remove the screws (2) fixing the plates (3) to the body (5).
d. Remove the upper part of the valve.
e. Remove the gate seat (5). Check its condition, and replace it, if necessary.
f. Remove the nuts (6) and then the packing gland (7) in the upper and in the lower part; removing the stud bolts (8) might
facilitate the next operation.
g. Remove the packing from its housing.
h. Put the new packing (9) in place. Insert the packing braids, one by one, into the packing housing, ensuring that the two
ends of each seal match without overlapping and that the seal ends are placed with their opposite sides alternating (see
fig. 6a)
i. Install the stud bolts (8) and packing gland (7). Tighten the nuts (6) by hand, until contact with the packing gland is
established, and then proceed with another turn. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
j. Re-assemble the valve, carrying out points a-d above, in reverse order.
k. Grease the screw and nut with neutral, water-repellent grease (for example silicone grease or Molykote).
l. Before putting the valve back into operation, check the seal between the body and gate in the upper and lower parts
of the valve. In the event of leaks, the packing adjustment nuts (6) may be tightened a little, until the leaks stop.
Shut-off valves
IMPORTANT: Once the leaks have stopped, do not continue to tighten nuts of the packing gland. Excess pressure on the
packing gland will result in a high operating torque of the valve, and cause the seal to deteriorate more quickly.
FIG. 6
6
7
3
2
9
4
8
5
5
6a. packing layout details
www.brandoni.it
109
Check valves
Check valves (or non-return valves) allow

the liquid to flow in only one direction,
and consequently prevent back flow.
Furthermore, they ensure that the circuit does
not empty if the pump stops.
They may be installed in line, or as foot valves.
WATER
DRINKING WATER
110
www.brandoni.it
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
FIRE FIGHTING
Summary
Check valves
www.brandoni.it
Series 05
112
Series W6
122
Series D6
128
Series Y6
134
Series 06 - M6
138
Series 07 (F7 - T7)
146
Series S6
152
Series M16
158
111
Serie 05
DO
AN N
BR
Spring check valve

Check valves
EUROP
Application fields
WATER
112
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
made in
HEATING
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING
Serie 05
The valves in Series 05 are check valves with cast iron bodies, that are manufactured in accordance with the most severe
product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001. They are available in flanged versions,
from DN 50 to DN 250, and in threaded versions, from DN 50 to DN 100.
The valves are suitable for installation in heating and conditioning plants (HVAC), for water treatment and distribution,
pump stations, agricultural applications, industrial applications, for compressed air, oils and hydrocarbons.
Check valves
YES: for in-line installation (horizontal or vertical position) and as foot valves.
The shape of the body and shutter minimizes turbulence and head loss.
NO: for steam.
1. Internal and external epoxy coatings,

highly temperature resistant.
Environmentally friendly water-based paint.
2. The stainless steel spring allows the valves
to be assembled in any position.
3. Flat seal in NBR, FKM (Viton) or silicon rubber
4. The shape of body and shutter minimizes
turbulence and head loss.
5. On request: threaded holes for drain, by-pass.
Accessories
Plugs for drain
Mini-valves for drain
Filter baskets (see Filtration section)
Special version
Double check group

Flanges: EN 1092,
Threading: ISO228-1
Design: EN13445, EN12334
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
113
114
Serie T5
C1
P1
T5
Serie F5 DN125-250
F5 DN125 - 250
Serie F5 DN50-100
F5 DN50 - 100
Check valves
Spring check valve

n x D
1
4
4
3
A
4
5 2
3
5
5
F
C
n x D
3.1 6
3
2
F
A
C
A1
www.brandoni.it
Serie 05
1
2
3
3.1
4
5
6
7
8
Component
Material
Body
Stem guide DN50-100
Stem guide DN125-250
Stem guide DN200-250
Shutter DN 50-100
Shutter DN 125-250
Shutter stem
Gasket
Spring
Bushing
Anti-blow out ring
O-ring DN 200-250
EN GJL 250
CuZn40Pb2 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
EN GJL 250 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A216 gr. WCB / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
CuZn40Pb2 / ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
NBR / FKM (Viton)
AISI 302
Bronze
AISI 302
NBR / FKM (Viton)
Check valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
C
F
n x D
T
P1
A1
C1
Not standardized
EN 1092 PN16
ISO 228-1
Not standardized
Weight
40
50
50
50
100
100
165
165
110
125
4 x M16 4 x 18
2"
50
140
96
65
65
120
185
145
4 x 18
2" -1/2
64
167
125
80
80
140
200
160
8 x 18
3"
64
177
125
100
100
170
220
180
8 x 18
4"
80
208
148
125
125
200
250
210
8 x 18
-
150
145
230
285
240
8 x 22
-
200
250
194
242
300
370
340
405
295
355
12 x 22 12 x 26
-
7,6
3,2
9,8
4,2
13,8
7,4
20,6
-
28,6
-
48,6
-
81,4
-
(kg)
F5
T5
5,6
-
5,6
2,2
Cracking pressure (mmH2O)

Flow direction
DN
without
spring
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
639
639
647
592
624
570
526
639
690
382
382
316
280
318
180
165
221
204
510
510
480
436
470
375
345
429
448
125
125
165
155
152
203
185
208
244
www.brandoni.it
115
Spring check valve

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Check valves
Fluids *
Temperature
MaxC
continuous
Hazardous gases G1
NO
16 bar DN50-200
10 bar DN250
16 bar DN50-200
10 bar DN250
min C
refer to chart
Minimum Counterpressure
0,1 bar
L1
G2,L2
L1
NBR
-10
100
100
G2,L2
110
FKM (Viton)
-10
100
150
170
Rubber for drinking water
-10
70

*: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, inflammable, toxic) in accordance

with 97/23/CE PED and 67/548/EEC
Minimum pressure
peak
68
bar
104
140
212
176
248
284
320
20
psi
290
10
145
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use in case temperature and pressure are below the saturation line liquid-steam ( hatched area )
4"
DN
25
0
DN
40
DN
80
DN
10
0
DN
12
5
DN
15
0
DN
20
0
DN
50
DN
65
2"
1
2"
6
5
/2
-
3"
m H2O
10
8
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
10
20
30
50
100
200 300
500
1000
Kv-DN chart
DN
Kv
116
mc/h
40
99
50
99
65
145
80
258
100
360
125
516
www.brandoni.it
150
620
200
985
250
1620
2000
5000 mc/h
Serie 05
Versions
Check valves
F5 - flanged
F5.000
F5.020
Body: EN GJL 250

Trim material:
DN 50-100: Brass CuZn40Pb2
DN 125-250: EN GJL 250
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJL 250

Trim material: AISI 316
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
F5.002
F5.022
F5.028
Body: EN GJL 250

Trim material:
DN 125-250: EN GJL 250
Seal: FKM
Temp: -10 +140C
Body: EN GJL 250

Seal: FKM
Temp: -10 +140C
Body: EN GJL 250

Seal: Silicon rubber
(approved for drinking water)
Temp: -10 +70C
T5 - threaded F/F
T5.000
T5.002
Body: EN GJL 250

Trim material: Brass CuZn40Pb2
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJL 250

Seal: FKM
Temp: -10 +140C
www.brandoni.it
117
Foot valve
n x
Check valves
F5 + 50
B1
T5 + 51
L1
T
C1
A1
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
L
B
C
F
n x D
T
A1
L1
C1
f
Not standardized
EN 1092 PN16
ISO 228-1
Not standardized
Weight
kg
kg
118
40
50
180
180
80
80
111
111
165
165
110
125
4 x M16 4 x 18
2"
225
85
96
5
5
65
220
100
131
185
145
4 x 18
2" -1/2
252
85
125
5
80
260
120
148
200
160
8 x 18
3"
282
105
125
5
100
320
150
168
220
180
8 x 18
4"
326
118
148
5
125
375
175
198
250
210
8 x 18
5
150
430
200
222
285
240
8 x 22
5
8,34
3,29
10,73
4,31
15
7,55
22,2
-
30,8
-
200
250
550
670
250
300
278
329
340
405
295
355
12 x 22 12 x 26
5
5
(kg)
F5+50/52/53
T5+51
6,15
-
6,15
2,27
www.brandoni.it
51,8
-
85,8
-
Serie 05
Versions
F5.000+50
F5.020+52
F5.020+53
Body: EN GJL 250

Trim material:
DN 125-250: EN GJL 250
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: galvanized steel
Body: EN GJL 250

Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: AISI 304
Body: EN GJL 250

Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: AISI 316
Check valves
Flanged foot valve
Threaded foot valve F/F
T5.000+51
Body: EN GJL 250
Seal: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
Strainer: AISI 304
www.brandoni.it
119
Spring check valve

Accessories
Plugs for drain
Check valves
1/4 brass plugs
Mini-valves for drain

1/4, M/F brass mini-valves, with plastic cap
Strainer basket
Art 50.000
Strainer basket in galvanized steel with PN 10/16 mounting
flange
Art 52.000
Strainer basket in AISI 304 with PN 10/16 mounting flange
Art 53.000
Strainer basket in AISI 316 with PN 10/16 mounting flange
Art 51.000
Strainer basket in AISI 304 with threaded nylon connection
See Filtration section
Special version
Double check group
DN
A
kg
120
40
202
13,2
50
202
13,2
65
242
17,2
80
282
21,6
100
342
29,6
125
402
43,2
www.brandoni.it
150
462
59,2
200 250
602 742
99,2 164,8
Serie 05
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDATIONS
- be sure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down,
- that the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable
Check valves
STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Place the valve between the flanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve flanges. Check that the
seals have been positioned correctly.
The distance between the counter flanges must be equal to the valves face to face distance. Do not use bolts of the
counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
as possible.
- When in the open position, some valves have a larger dimension than the nominal face to face value. A suitable distance
should be allowed for when assembling, in order to prevent damage or malfunctioning (see fig. 1 for example).
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the flow direction arrow indicated on the body.
FIG. 1
NON OK
OK
www.brandoni.it
121
Serie W6
DO
AN N
BR
Check valves
Application fields
122
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Disc wafer spring check valve
WATER
made in
CHINA
Serie W6
The valves in series W6 are disc wafer spring check valves, which are manufactured in accordance with the most severe
product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
W6.020 > with cast iron body and soft seal, suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and distribution,
W6.626 > in stainless steel CF8M and metal/metal seal, suitable also for chemical plants, food processing and steam.
YES: for installing in a horizontal or vertical position.
Check valves
pumping stations and industrial applications.
2
1
3
1. Art. W6.020: internal and external epoxy coating.
2. Face to face dimensions -standardized - EN 558-49.
3. Mounting between flanges, reduced dimensions.
4. The stainless steel spring allows the valves to be
assembled in all positions.
5. Profile suitable for assembly between flanges:
W6.0: PN6 -16 - ANSI150
W6.6: PN6 -16 - 40 - ANSI 150.
4
5
Construction and testing norms (correspondences) :

Face-to-face: EN558
Flanges: EN 1092, ANSI B16.5
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
123
W6.0
Check valves
2
4
5
1
I
C
Art. W6.6
W6.6
4
3
5
6
1
A
I
I1
C1
124
Art. W6.0
www.brandoni.it
Serie W6
Materials
Material
Body
Disc
Star
Spring
Retaining ring
Seat
W6.020
EN GJL 250
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
AISI 316
AISI 316
NBR
W6.626
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
AISI 316
AISI 316
metal/metal
Check valves
1
2
3
4
5
6
Component
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
C
I
C1
I1
Weight
W6.0
W6.6
EN 558-1/ 49
15
15
16
51
-
20
20
19
61
-
25
25
22
67
-
32
32
28
81
75
81
-
40
33
31,5
91
85
91
-
50
43
40
106
96
106
-
65
58
46
126
116
126
-
80
70
50
141
132
141
-
100
91
60
162
152
167
162
125
102
90
192
182
192
-
150
120
106
218
207
224
218
0,13
0,20
0,29
0,49
0,55
0,64
0,66
1,06
1,08
1,59
1,59
2,30
2,36
3,30
3,38
6,9
7,1
10,0
10,4
25
649
32
685
40
549
50
565
65
565
80
600
100
600
125
380
150
320
(kg)

DN
mmH2O
15
674
20
648
www.brandoni.it
125

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids *
W6.0
W6.6
NO
NO
16 bar
40 bar DN15-125
16 bar DN15-125
10 bar DN150
40 bar
16 bar
40 bar
Hazardous gases
Check valves
Non-hazardous gases
Hazardous liquids
Non-hazardous liquids
Temperature
min C
MaxC
continuous
peak
W6.020
-10
100
110
W6.626
-20
350


Minimum pressure
Minimum counterpressure
refer to chart
0,1 bar
-4
bar
32
212
122
302
392
482
572
662
W6.626
40
F
psi
580
30
435
20
290
W6.020
10
-20
145
50
150
100
200
250
350 C
300
DN150
DN125
DN100
DN80
DN65
DN50
DN40
DN32
DN25
mH2O
DN20
DN15
20
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
0.8
0.6
0.5
10
50
100
mc/h
200
Kv-DN chart
DN
Kv
126
mc/h
15
4
20
6
25
12
32
20
40
27
50
40
www.brandoni.it
65
75
80
110
100
180
125
230
150
330
Serie W6
Versions
Cast iron body
Check valves
W6.020
Body: EN GJL 250
Disc: CF8M
Seat: NBR
Temp: -10 +100C
CF8M body
W6.626
Body: CF8M
Disc: CF8M
Seat: metal/metal
Temp: -20 +350C

STORING
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down, that the pressure has
decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable and caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments of the piping may subject the installed valve
to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
Art. W6.0 for mounting between flanges ( PN 16/10/6 EN 1092 ANSI B 16.5 class 150).
Art. W6.6 for mounting between flanges ( PN 40/16/10/6 EN 1092 - ANSI B 16.5 class 150).
Refer to chart for mounting diameters.
- Suitable for mounting in a horizontal or vertical position.
- The spring does not all a full seal if the valve is installed vertically, with a descending flow.
- Place the valve as far away as possible from bends, elbows and pumps, in any case, from any source of turbulence.
- Remove welding residuals before installing the valve.
- Tighten the bolts crosswise.
DN
PN6
PN10/16
PN25
PN40
ANSI 150
15
43
51
51
51
43
20
53
61
61
61
53
25
61
67
67
67
61
32
75
81
81
81
75
40
85
91
91
91
85
50
96
106
106
106
96
65
116
126
126
126
116
80
132
142
142
142
132
www.brandoni.it
100
152
162
167
167
167
125
182
192
192
192
192
150
207
218
224
224
218
127
Serie D6
DO
AN N
BR
Dual-plate wafer check valve

Check valves
CHINA
Application fields
WATER
128
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
made in
FIRE FIGHTING
www.brandoni.it
Serie D6
The valves in series D6 are dual-plate wafer check valves, which are manufactured in accordance with the most severe
product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
D6.0 > with cast iron body, suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatment and distribution, pumping
Check valves
stations and industrial applications.

D6.6 > in stainless steel CF8M, suitable also for chemical plants.
YES: for installing in horizontal or vertical position.
1
3
1. Mounting between flanges,
reduced dimensions.
4
2
2. Face to face dimensions

- standardized - EN 558-49.
3. The stainless steel spring allows the disc
to close; consequently, the valve
may be mounted in all positions.
4. Easy positioning and mounting,
thanks to the eyebolt.

Face-to-face: EN558
Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
129
10
Check valves
1
2
5
7
9
8
6
3
D min pipe
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Component
Material
Body
Disc
Seal
Spring
Hinge pin
Stop pin
Sliding washer
Plug
Plug seal
Eyebolt
D6.0
EN GJL 250
EN GJS 400, AISI 304, Aluminium-bronze
EPDM
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
PTFE
Carbon steel
PTFE
Carbon steel
D6.6
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M, Aluminium-bronze
FKM (Viton)
AISI 316
AISI 316
AISI 316
PTFE
Stainless steel
PTFE
Stainless steel
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
C PN16
C PN10
R
Q
D min pipe
Weight
kg
130
40
43
91
25,8
6,8
36
50
43
107
27
8,6
42
65
46
127
35
15,2
60
80
64
142
42
14,3
66
100
64
162
50
22,3
86
125
70
192
64
33,7
115
150
76
218
77
45,4
143
200
89
273
102,5
69,6
197
250
114
328
125
74,5
231
300
114
378
146
102,7
281
350
127
437
437
170
124,7
330
400
140
488
488
195
142,7
378
450
152
555
539
215
156,8
416
500
152
618
594
238
179,7
464
600
178
733
695
292
217,4
567
1,5
2,4
3,6
5,7
7,3
17
26
42
55
75
101
111
172
(kg)
1,2
www.brandoni.it
Serie D6
Fluids *
Temperature
D6.6
D6.0
Hazardous gases
-4
32 gases
Non-hazardous
bar
68
min C
212
176 D6.021, D6.031
140
NO
16 bar DN40-300
10 bar DN350-600
16 bar DN40-300
10 bar DN350-600
Hazardous liquids
NO
104
16 bar DN40-125
10 bar DN150-200
6 bar DN250-300
20
10
NO
Temperature
MaxC
continuous
248-10
D6.622
284
100
-20
302
peak
110
110
psi
100

290
145
Curva di saturazione liquido - vapore (fluido: acqua)
Minimum
pressure
1
Minimum
-20
0counterpressure
20
refer to chart
400,1 bar
100
60
80
140
176
6.2 bar
3.6 bar
2 bar
120
140
150
284
302
Check valves
Maximum pressure
-4
bar
68
32
104
212
248
psi
20
290
10
145
Liquid - steam saturation line (medium: water)
1
-20
40
20
60
100
80
6.2 bar
3.6 bar
2 bar
140
120
150
RANGE NOT SUITABLE FOR STEAM. DO NOT use in case temperature and pressure are below the saturation line liquid-steam ( hatched area )
DN 600
DN 500
DN 450
DN 400
DN 350
DN 300
DN 250
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
mH2O
DN 65
DN 40
DN 50
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
0.8
0.6
0.5
3
10
100
1000
10000
mc/h
Tabella Kv - DN
DN
Kv
mc/h
40 - 50
34
65
54
80
95
100
200
Cracking pressure - DN 40/600
125
320
150
467
200
990
250
1584
300
2783
350
3689
400
5900
450
7825
500
11400
600
20030
1020 mmH2O
www.brandoni.it
131

Versions
Check valves
Cast iron body
D6.021
D6.031
D6.071
Body: EN GJL 250

Shutter: AISI 304
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJL 250

Shutter: EN GJS 400-15
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJL 250

Shutter: Aluminium/bronze
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
D6.622
D6.626
D6.672
Body: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M

Shutter: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C

Shutter: ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
Seal: metal/metal
Temp: -20 +300C
Pressure: PN 40

Shutter: Aluminium/bronze
Seal: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C
Body in ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
While stocks last
132
www.brandoni.it
Serie D6
MAINTENANCE
- Remove the valve from the pipe and lean it on a plane surface
- Remove the plugs that close the housing of hinge pin 1
- Push the pin and extract it from the body
- Keep the springs fixed during the operation
- Clean the components and control the status of the seats and plate
- Replace the plate and insert the hinge pin.
Check valves
STORING
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before going to maintain or dismounting:
- be sure that pipes, valves and fluids are cooled down,
- decrease pressure and drain lines and pipes in case of presence of toxic, corrosive, inflammable and caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Use the supplied eyebolt to lift the valve.
- the internal minimum diameter of the flanges has to be chosen to enable the correct opening of the plates (fig. 1)
- The springs of the 2 plates do not grant the closure in the absence of pressure when the valve is vertically installed in
descendent fluid direction.
- For mounting in horizontal position the hinge pin has always to be in vertical position (fig. 2)
- Do not install in the presence of intermittent flow
- Place the valve in straight part of the piping , most possible far away from bends, elbows and pumps avoiding in any case
the rising of turbulences next to the valve.
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install according to the flow direction marked on the body.
FIG. 1
FIG. 2
Horizontal pipe axis
OK
NO
Vertical hinge pin axis
www.brandoni.it
133
Serie Y6
Check valves
Y check valve with spring
Application fields
WATER
134
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie Y6
The valves in series Y6 are threaded Y check valves. They are available with stainless steel CF8M body and may be installed
in chemical plants, in food processing plants and in industry.
Check valves
1. Threaded F/F body.

2. The stainless steel spring allows
mounting in any position.
3. PTFE seal.
1
3

Threading: ISO 228-1
Testing: EN 12266
www.brandoni.it
135
Y check valve with spring

6 2
3
Check valves
7 8
A
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Dimensions (mm)
Component
Material
Body
Plug
Shutter
Seal
Spring
Body seal
Bolt
Ring
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M

ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
PTFE
AISI 304
PTFE
AISI 304
AISI 304
DN
T
A
P
H
ISO 228/1
Non standardized
Weight
10
3/8
65
12
35
15
1/2
65
15
35
20
3/4
80
20
45
25
1
90
25
57
32
1 1/4
105
32
58
40
1 1/2
120
40
66
50
2
138
50
67
0,2
0,21
0,23
0,36
0,69
0,76
1,22
1,79
(kg)
kg
Pressure
7
1/4
65
12
35
Temperature
Maximum pressure
Cracking pressure
Temperature
40 bar
0,15 bar
min C
MaxC
-20
200

-4
68
104
140
176
212
248
284
320
356
392
bar
psi
40
580
30
435
20
290
10
145
-20
136
20
40
60
80
100
120
www.brandoni.it
140
160
180
200
Serie Y6
2"
1" 1/2
1" 1/4
1"
3/4"
1/2"
mH2O
10
3/8"
1/4"
Check valves
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
100
10
1000
l /min
Kv-DN chart
DN
Kv
l/min
1/4
30
3/8
47
1/2
106
3/4
188
1
295
1 1/4
483
1 1/2
754
2
1180
Versions
Y6.623
Seal: PTFE
Temp: -20 +200C

The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instruction for use and maintenance; it is also available on our
website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
STORING
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDATIONS
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of presence of toxic, corrosive, inflammable or caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
as possible.
www.brandoni.it
137
Serie 06 - M6
DO
AN N
BR
Swing wafer check valve

Check valves
EUROP
Application fields
WATER
138
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
made in
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 06-M6
The valves in series 06 are swing wafer check valves, manufactured in accordance with the most severe product norms
and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
06-M6.4 > with carbon steel body suitable for heating and conditioning purposes (HVAC), water treatment and distribution,
Check valves
agricultural applications, compressed air circuits, oils and hydrocarbons.

06-M6.6 > in stainless steel CF8M suitable for chemical plants, food processing and general industrial purposes.
6
1. Compact design.
2
4
2. The special profile with centring lugs

(DN 32-250) allows mounting between flanges:
PN6 - 10 - 16 - 25 - ANSI 150.
3. The spring allows mounting in all positions.
4. No need for supplementary sealing during

installation, thanks to the O-ring seal.
5. The rounded shape of the shutter reduces
head losses and limits the turbulence
downstream.
6. The positioning hole simplifies installation.

Flanges: EN 1092, ANSI B16.5
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
139
06-M6 DN32 - 250
5
6
8
3
2
5
H1
Check valves
P
C
06-M6 DN300 - 400
4
8
2
1
5
140
P
C
www.brandoni.it
Serie 06-M6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Component
Material
Body
Disc
Plate DN 32-250
Plate DN 300-400
O-ring
Spring
Eyebolt
Screw
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M, ASTM A216 gr. WCB

ASTM A351 gr. CF8M, ASTM A216 gr. WCB
ASTM A351 gr. CF8M
AISI 316
NBR, FKM (Viton), PTFE
AISI 302
AISI 316
Stainless steel A2
Check valves
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
P
A
C
H
H1
Q
Weight
kg
Not standardized
32
20
16
77
83,5
45
18
40
26,5
16
86,5
88,75
49
21
50
33
18,5
99
98,5
53
30
65
43
18,5
118
107
63
44
80
53
22
134
115
73
56
100
75
23,5
154
131
92
70
125
96
29
184
138
119
80
150
118
34,5
208
137
149
96
200
164
36
264
169
167
125
250
200
38
317
247
140
169
300
245
32
280
230
350
284
38
440
270
400
323
42
490
320
0,43
0,54
0,82
1,25
1,86
2,42
3,1
5,3
8,5
12,4
17,6
27,8
36,1
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
141

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids *
Temperature
25 bar DN 32-200
16 bar DN 250-300
12 bar DN 250-300
25 bar DN 32-200
16 bar DN 250-400
25 bar DN 32-200
16 bar DN 250-400
Non-hazardous gases
Check valves
min C
NO
Hazardous gases
Hazardous liquids
MaxC
continuous
peak
NBR
-20
100
110
FKM (Viton)
-20
150
170
PTFE
-20
200


Minimum pressure
refer to chart
0,3 bar
14 32
104
140
176
212
248
284
320
356
392
bar
psi
30
435
20
290
10
145
-10
142
68
20
40
60
80
100
120
www.brandoni.it
140
160
180
200
Serie 06-M6
0
30
25
DN
DN
Check valves
350
DN
DN
0
20
15
0
DN
DN
DN
12
5
10
0
80
DN
65
DN
20
DN
40
DN
32
DN
m H2O
50
10
400
DN
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
10
20
30
50
100
200
300
500
1000
5000 mc/h
2000
Kv-DN chart
DN
Kv
32
13
mc/h
40
24
50
41
65
75
80
140
100
208
125
341
150
525
200
1093
250
1670
300
2050
350
3850
400
4840
300
350
400
92
93
91

Flow direction
DN
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
with spring
321
210
194
198
196
174
226
230
244
260
with spring
242
138
126
130
120
106
126
130
136
138
without
spring
80
73
70
70
76
68
100
100
110
122
www.brandoni.it
143

Versions
Carbon steel body
Check valves
06
DN 32 - 250 investment casting

DN 300 - 400 from solid bar
06.430
06.432
06.433
Body: Carbon steel

O-ring: NBR
Temp: -20 +100C
Body: Carbon steel

O-ring: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C
Body: Carbon steel

O-ring: PTFE
Temp: -20 +200C
Available with art. No. M6 with spring

M6
M6.430
M6.432
M6.433
See 06.430
See 06.432
See 06.433
Body in AISI 316

06

DN 300 - 400 from solid bar
06.620
06.622
06.623
Body: AISI 316

O-ring: NBR
Temp: -20 +100C
Body: AISI 316

O-ring: FKM
Temp: -20 +150C
Body: AISI 316

O-ring: PTFE
Temp: -20 +200C
Available with art. No. M6 with spring

M6
144
M6.620
M6.622
M6.623
See 06.620
See 06.622
See 06.623
www.brandoni.it
Serie 06-M6
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDATIONS
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable or caustic liquids.
Check valves
STORING
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Be sure to install in accordance with the flow direction.
as possible.
- When working with high temperature fluids, take care not to burn yourself
- Do not dismantle or maintain the valve while the plant is under pressure
- Use the O hole for harnessing and lifting.
INSTALLATION
- Install near the counter flanges, leaving a space in which to place the valve.
- Place 2 bolts in the lower holes of the flanges, and position the valve, placing the centring lugs 2 (for DN 32-250) or the
body of the valve (DN 300-400) on the bolts.
- Insert the remaining bolts. Check that the valve is correctly aligned and tighten the bolts crosswise.
DN32-250: suitable for mounting between flanges PN6-10-16-ANSI 150;
DN300-400: suitable for mounting between flanges PN10-16-ANSI 150.
www.brandoni.it
145
Serie 07
DO
AN N
BR
Ball check valve

Check valves
CHINA
Application fields
WATER
146
made in
www.brandoni.it
Serie 07
The valves in series 07 are ball check valves made of ductile iron, and are manufactured in accordance with the most
severe product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They are available in a PN 10 flanged version, from DN50 to DN250, and in a threaded version, from DN25 to DN80.
They are suitable for waste water, industrial applications, agricultural purposes, for viscous e dense liquids.
Check valves
YES: for installing in a vertical (recommended) and horizontal position.

Full bore, low head losses, self-cleaning. Removable bonnet for cleaning or changing the ball without removing the
valve from the pipeline.
NO: for steam and gas.
1. Internal and external epoxy coating.

2. The ribs guide the ball, reducing erosion
and noises
3. The cover enables easy maintenance.

For DN 80, and above, the shape of the
cover allows this to be dismantled without
removing the fixing screws.
4. Series F7 flanged: Face to face standardized

EN558-1 48.
4
2
Accessories
Spare ball
Spare seals
Construction and testing norms (correspondences) :

Face-to-face: EN558-1
Flanges: EN 1092,
Threading: ISO228-1

Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
147
Ball check valve

T7.100
B
2
1
Check valves
H1
Sw
F7.100
B
2
d
nx
F
C
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Ball DN25-250
O-ring
Bolts
EN GJS 400-15
EN GJS 400-15
Metal + NBR
NBR
Stainless steel A2
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A T7
A F7
H
H1
B
C
F
n x d
T
Sw
Weight
T7
F7
148
Not standardized
EN 558/1 - 48*
EN 1092/2 PN10
ISO 228-1
25
118
70
28
101
1"
48
32
135
80
32
107
1" 1/4
55
40
138
84
36
109
1" 1/2
62
50
166
200
103
42
128
165
125
4 x 18
2"
73
65
198
240
124
53
158
185
145
8 x 18
2" 1/2
92
80
236
260
155
67
135
200
160
8 x 18
3"
115
100
300
193
161
220
180
8 x 18
-
125
350
213
200
250
210
8 x 18
-
150
400
249
240
285
240
8 x 22
-
200
250
300
350
400
500
500
600
700
800
900
1100
319
379
458
620
705
900
310
406
340
395
450
505
565
670
295
350
400
460
515
620
8 x 22 12 x 22 12 x 23 16 x 23 16 x 27 20 x 27
-
1,5
-
1,8
-
2,1
-
3,4
7,9
5,9
11,9
10,7
16,3
22,3
28,1
48,4
88,4
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
156,2
230
350
440
840
Serie 07
Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids
Temperature
16 bar DN25-150
10 bar DN 200-500
Minimum pressure
0,2 bar
0,5 bar
NBR
MaxC
-10
70
Check valves
min C
DN500
DN400
DN300
DN350
DN250
DN200
DN150
DN125
DN100
DN80
DN65
DN50
10
DN40
m H2O
DN32
DN25
8
6
5
3
2
0,8
0,6
0,5
10
100
mc/h
10000
1000
Kv-DN chart
DN
Kv
25
21
32
29
40
57
50
90
65
140
80
253
100
396
125
642
www.brandoni.it
150
962
200
1990
250
3100
300
4150
350
5100
400
6600
500
9700
149
Ball check valve

Versions
Check valves
T7 threaded F/F
T7.100
Threaded F/F
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: NBR coated
Removable bonnet for maintenance
Temp: -10 +70C
F7 flanged PN10
F7.100
Flanged
Body: EN GJS 400-15
Ball: NBR coated
Removable bonnet for maintenance
Temp: -10 +70C
150
www.brandoni.it
Serie 07
FIG. 1
MAINTENANCE
- Remove the valve from the line
- Remove the screws from the cover (fig. 1 n5)
- Remove the cover (fig. 1 n2)
- Take out the O-ring (fig. 1 n4)
- Remove the ball (fig. 1 n3).
For bigger sizes, turn the body (Fig.1 n1) by 90, to remove the ball
5
2
4
3
1
Check valves
STORING
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismounting the valve:
- decrease the pressure and drain the lines and pipes in case of toxic,
corrosive, inflammable or caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Place the valve between the flanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve flanges. Check that
the seals have been positioned correctly. The distance between the counter flanges must be the equal to the valves
face to face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be
cross tightened.
FIG. 2
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, torsions and misalignments
of the piping may subject the installed valve to excessive stresses.
It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
-Use belts and safety hooks for harnessing and lifting (fig.2).
NOTE. This valve is unidirectional: install in accordance with the flow direction arrow indicated
on the body.
Piping with vertical upstream flow: install the valve as shown in figure 3.
FIG. 3
Piping with horizontal or inclined flow (upstream flow): install the valve as shown in figure 4.
FIG. 4
www.brandoni.it
151
Serie S6
DO
AN N
BR
Check valves
Application fields
152
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Flanged swing check valve
WATER
made in
CHINA
Serie S6
The valves in series S6 are flanged swing check valves, with a cast iron body, manufactured in accordance with the most
severe product norms, and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They are suitable for heating and conditioning (HVAC), water treatments and distribution, agricultural and industrial
applications.
Check valves
YES: for installing in a horizontal position. Low head losses.

3
2. Face to Face standardized EN 558-1/48
(ex DIN3202 F6).
3. Removable cover for easy maintenance.
4. Full bore for low head losses.
2
4
1

Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
153
154
Art. S6 DN40-400
S6 DN40 - 400
2
1 5
4
3
Art. S6 DN500-800
S6 DN500 - 800
Check valves

9
7
10
8
6
L1
www.brandoni.it
n x
F
C
Serie S6
Materials
Material
Body
Bonnet
Shutter
Seal
Body seal ring
Arm
Stem
Hinge pin
Bonnet gasket
Stem seal
Bolts
S6.000
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
EN GLS 400-15
EPDM
CuZn40Pb2
EN GLS 400-15
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 420
EPDM
EPDM
S6.100
EN GLS 500-7
EN GLS 500-7
EN GLS 500-7
EPDM
CuZn40Pb2
EN GLS 500-7
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 420
EPDM
EPDM
Check valves
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Component
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
C
F
nxD
C
F
nxD
L1
G
Weight
kg
EN 558-1/ 48
EN1092 PN16
EN1092 PN10
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
180
200
240
260
300
350
400
500
600
700
800
900
1100 1300
114
127
137
150
164
185
205
249
305
333
377
405
765
825
150
165
185
200
220
250
285
340
405
460
520
580
715
840
110
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
355
410
470
525
650
770
4 x 19 4 x 19 4 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 19 8 x 23 12 x 23 12 x 27 12 x 27 16 x 27 16 x 31 20 x 34 20 x 37
505
565
670
780
460
515
620
725
16 x 23 16 x 28 20 x 28 20 x 31
953
1003
498
548
700
1500
798
910
840
24 x 37
895
840
24 x 31
1357
825
800
1700
865
1025
950
24 x 41
1015
950
24 x 34
1461
860
1800
2335
(kg)
9,5
12
16
20
27
42
58
93
www.brandoni.it
155
221
313
434
778
1102
155

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids
Temperature
Check valves
S6.000 DN40-400
S6.000 DN500-800
S6.100
16 bar
10 bar
16 bar
min C
MaxC
-10
100

0,3 bar
14
32
104
68
140
176
212
248
284 F
bar
psi
20
284
16
15
213
10
142
71
-10
40
20
80
60
100
120
140 C
DN300
DN350
DN400
DN250
DN200
DN125
DN150
DN100
DN80
DN65
mH2O
DN50
DN40
10
0.1
10
100
DN500
DN600
DN700
DN800
1000
mc/h
Kv-DN chart
DN
Kv
156
mc/h
40
28,9
50
50,2
65
83,7
80
117
100
179
125
272
150
370
200
647
www.brandoni.it
250
971
300
1994
350
2595
400
3389
500
2066
600
2974
700
3963
800
5177
Serie S6
S6.000
S6.100
Body: EN GJL 250

Shutter: DN40 DN400 EN GJS 400 -15
DN500 DN800 EN GJS 500 -7
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EN GJS 500 -7

Shutter: EN GJS 500 -7
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C
Check valves
Versions

STORING
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDATIONS
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
the seals have been positioned correctly. The distance between the counter flanges must be equal to the valves face
to face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross
tightened.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject
the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as
much as possible.
www.brandoni.it
157
Serie M16
Check valves
Venturi check valve
Application fields
WATER
158
www.brandoni.it
Serie M16
The valves in series M16 are Venturi type, flanged PN 10/16, cast iron check valves. They are available on request in PN
25/40/64/100 versions.
Check valves
YES: for water distribution and treatment, and industrial applications. They are suitable for installation in a vertical, horizontal and inclined position. The hydro-dynamic profile produces low head losses.
1. Fast closure without water hammers.

2. Hydro-dynamic Venturi profile
with low head losses.
3. Suitable for installation in vertical,
horizontal and inclined position.

Flanges: EN 1092
www.brandoni.it
159
Venturi check valve
Check valves
n x D
F
C
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
Component
Material
Body
Guide DN40-100
Guide DN125-200
Shutter DN40-150
Shutter DN200
Ring
Spring
EN GJL 250
Brass CuZn40Pb2
EN GJL 250
AISI 304
EN GJL 250 + AISI 304 insert
AISI 304
AISI 302
Dimensions (mm)
DN
PN
A
C
F
nxD
Not standardized
Weight
EN 1092
40
10/16
120
150
110
4 x 18
50
10/16
120
165
125
4 x 18
65
10/16
150
185
145
4 x 18
80
10/16
180
200
160
8 x 18
100
10/16
240
220
180
8 x 18
125
10/16
300
250
210
8 x 18
150
10/16
350
285
240
8 x 22
16
400
340
295
8 x 22 12 x 22
6,5
10
13
20
32
44
75
(kg)
kg
Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids
Minimum pressure
160
200
10
Temperature
16 bar
0,1 bar
www.brandoni.it
min C
MaxC
90
Serie M16
m H2O
Check valves
1.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4 m/s
Versions
M 16
Body: EN GJL 250
Shutter: AISI 304
Guide: DN40 DN100 Brass CuZn40Pb2
DN125 DN200 EN GJL 250
Temp: 0 +90C

STORING
MAINTENANCE
RECOMMENDATIONS
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care. The valve must be installed in the ON or OFF position.
the seals have been positioned correctly.
- The distance between the counter flanges must be equal to the valves face to face distance. Do not use the bolts of
the counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping may subject
the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as
much as possible.
www.brandoni.it
161
Protection
One of the reasons for contamination and

pollution of the distribution networks of
drinking water is the backflow, that is,
the return flow, into the drinking water circuit,
of water coming from different sources,
or the return flow of water already used by
connected units (for example, washing
machines, boilers, industrial plants, hospitals,
laboratories, fire fighting plants, etc.), when,
for various reasons, the pressure of the user
circuit is greater than the pressure in the main
water circuit.
In this case, it is essential to use a back flow
preventer, to protect the primary distribution
network by isolating, or disconnecting, the
main water circuit from the user units.
WATER
162
www.brandoni.it
FIRE FIGHTING
DRINKING WATER
Summary
Flanged
back flow preventer
Series ECO 3F
164
Threaded end
back flow preventer
Series ECO 3T
174
www.brandoni.it
163
Serie ECO 3F
DO
AN N
BR
Protection
Application fields
164
FIRE FIGHTING
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
EUROP
Flanged back flow preventer

with controllable reduced pressure zone
WATER
made in
Serie ECO 3F
The ECO 3F flanged backflow preventers, which have a controllable reduced pressure zone, type BA EN1717, are approved in conformity with
EN12729 and are manufactured in accordance with the most severe product norms and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO 9001.
They consist of 2 spring check valves and a chamber situated between the spring check valves that contain a security valve, which in the event
of backflow, isolates the primary network from the user network.
The backflow might be caused by siphoning (the entry pressure decreases due to ruptures in the piping upstream, the water supply is interrupted,
partially draining parts of the piping, as a result of the events upstream) or by increasing counter pressure (the pressure of the user network is higher
than the pressure in the primary network due to overpressure caused, for example, by incoming water pumped from a private water well).
user units (for example, washing machines, boilers, industrial plants, hospitals, laboratories, fire fighting plants).
For correct installation, it is necessary to install a filter upstream with respect to the backflow preventer, in order to prevent problems caused by dirt
and residual parts present in the piping, such as shut-off valves upstream and downstream with respect to the backflow preventer.
Series ECO3F backflow preventer, even if marked PN10 for the purposes of reference normative EN12729, due to its design and testing charac-
Protection
Backflow preventers are indispensable to prevent contamination of the distribution network of the drinking water from entering from connected
teristics is suitable for installation in firefighting networks with service pressure of 12 bar.
2
1
3
1. Very compact design, one of the smallest
backflow preventers, which allows
easy installation in limited spaces.
2. Test points fitted with mini-valves, for controlling
the absolute and differential pressure in the
upstream and intermediate zones.
Together with the ECO3 TEST, these allow
checking the function of the backflow preventer.
4. Easy maintenance due to removable cover.
Accessories
ECO3 TEST: control instrument
Special version
Pre-assembled unit
In conformity with EN1717, BA type

Homologated in accordance to EN12729

Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19, EN12729
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN12729
www.brandoni.it
165
Flanged backflow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone

S.4 S.5
S.2 S.1
S.3
R2.5 R2.4 R2.7
4
2
Protection
R1.6
R1.2
R1.1
R1.3
R1.4
R1.5
1
S.6
S.8
S.10
S.11
R2.2
R2.1
R2.3
R2.6
S.7
S.9
Materials
Material
Component
DN 65
1
2
3
4
5
6
R1.1
R1.2
R1.3
R1.4
R1.5
R1.6
R2.1
R2.2
R2.3
R2.4
R2.5
R2.6
R2.7
S.1
S.2
S.3
S.4
S.5
S.6
S.7
S.8
S.9
S.10
S.11
166
Body
Bonnet
Bottom cap
Cover
Valve M/F
Drain conveyor
Upstream check valve seat
Upstream check valve flange
Upstream check valve shutter
Upstream check valve spring
Upstream check valve stem
Upstream check valve seal
Downstream check valve gasket
Downstream check valve plate
Downstream check valve shutter
Downstream check valve spring
Downstream check valve stem
Downstream check valve seal
Downstream check valve retaining ring
Equalizer
Equalizer bush
Lip seal
Membrane
Membrane bearing plate
Stem
Relief valve shutter
Relief valve spring
Relief valve seat
Relief valve ring nut
Relief valve seal
O-ring
Nuts and bolts
DN 80
OT CW 602N ADZ
DN 100
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
AISI 304
Brass
Polypropylene
PPO Noryl
OT CW 602N ADZ
PPO Noryl
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
POM Delrin
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
AISI 304
OT CW 602N ADZ
PTFE + carbon
NBR
EPDM + Nylon
AISI 304
OT CW 602N ADZ
PPO Noryl
AISI 302
AISI 304
CUZn40Pb2
Silicon rubber
NBR
AISI 304
www.brandoni.it
DN 150
CuSn5Zn5Pb5
CuSn5Zn5Pb5
CuSn5Zn5Pb5
CuSn5Zn5Pb5
CuSn5Zn5Pb5
CuSn5Zn5Pb5
Serie ECO 3F
Serie ECO 3F backflow preventer
A
H1
n x
Protection
S1
S2
S3
EN1092 PN10
S1
S2
S3
185
160
4 x 18
80
100
400
450
214
234
341
347
157
163
230
230
75/90/120
200
220
185
200
8 x 18 8 x 18
150
540
259
370
186
276
H1
65
360
200
290
137
189
Weight
DN
kg
250
210
8 x 22
(kg)
65
n x
30
Bv
80
D
40
100
46
150
73
F
C
Serie ECO 3F pre-assembled unit

Bv
A1
Hmax
DN
A
H
H1
N
W
S1/2/3
C
F
nxD
G1
G1
Hmax
Dimensions (mm)
A1
Dimensions (mm)
Unit with butterfly valves
DN
G
G1
65
95
168
80
110
195
100
125
224
150
170
300
Unit with ball valves

A1
Hmax unit
Bv
kg
990
200
230
65
1070
214
280
94
1180
234
360
114
1440
259
560
217
DN
A1
Hmax unit
Bv
kg
65
742
200
170
51
Unit with gate valves

A1
990
247
Hmax unit
160
Bv
72
kg
80
802
219
206
73
100
904
239
206
90
150
1132
290
285
160
1070
1180
1440
200
95
200
118
250
209
Cat2011_ECO3F_p3.drw1_sezdim
300
322
408
www.brandoni.it
167

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Temperature
10 bar
min C
MaxC
65
DN150
DN100
bar
1.5
DN80

DN65
Protection
Pressure
0.5
10
100
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
65
64
80
85
100
129
150
235
Minimum flow rate (mc/h) in function of head loss ( accorging to EN 12729:2002 )

DN
Head loss 1 bar
Head loss 1,5 bar
168
65
35,8
47,8
80
54,3
72,4
100
84,8
113,1
150
190,9
254,5
www.brandoni.it
mc/h
Serie ECO 3F
Versions
Protection
Back flow preventer
ECO 3F
Homologated EN 12729
Body: EN GJL 250
Temp: 0 +65C
Accessories
ECO 3 TEST
Control instrument. Composed of instruments, pre-assembled circuit, accessories for connection to the valve
and the instructions for the testing of the correct working of the back flow preventer.
Special version
Pre-assembled unit
Unit composed of 2 shut-off valves (ball valves, butterfly valves or gate valves), 1 filter, 1 back flow preventer
VALVE
VALVE
FILTER
BACk FLOW PREVENTER
www.brandoni.it
169

OPERATING PRINCIPLE
R2
Protection
R1
NORMAL OPERATION: REGULAR FLOW
Under normal conditions, the relief valve is closed, and the water flows
through the 2 check valves (R1 and R2). Due to the head loss of valve 1,
the pressure in the intermediate section is at least 140 millibar less than
the upstream pressure.
This difference acts upon the membrane and closes the relief valve.
NO FLOW: NORMAL PRESSURE

The check valves (1 and 2) are closed and the relief valve remains closed.
BACK PRESSURE: DOWNSTREAM OVERPRESSURE

The downstream check valve (R2) closes, preventing potentially contaminated
water from flowing into the supply pipe. If the downstream check valve is not
perfectly watertight, the polluted water can seep into the central chamber.
As the pressure in the central chamber increases, the relief valve opens and
the polluted fluid discharges.
BACK-SIPHONAGE: UPSTREAM DEPRESSION

If the upstream pressure accidentally decreases, the check valves (1 and 2)
automatically close; so the pressure difference between the upstream section
and the central section is reduced; the spring opens the relief valve and the
central chamber empties.
Consequently, the flow between the upstream area and the downstream
area is interrupted, making it completely safe.
The empting of the central chamber causes a fall in pressure and brings the
valve back to the initial safety conditions.
170
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3F
IMPORTANT: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION
A correct example of how to install the backflow preventer is shown in Fig. A.
FIG. A
0,5m min
CEILING
Maximum hight for

water mains and drains
Drains
Water
mains
Discharge to drains
0,5 - 1,5m
3. Around the device, there must be enough room to

enable easy installation or removal.
It must be easily accessible for repair work and working
tests.
0,5m min
2. The backflow preventer must be located away from

every area that may be flooded, always considering
the highest level that water may reach in adjacent
areas, in case of frequent flooding.
Protection
1. The device must be located in a common, easily accessible area of the building, it must be ventilated and
not subject to flooding. (The preventer should preferably
be placed outside building works and above the soil).
4. When the device is placed in an installation which

FLOOR
may pollute the drinking water supply network, all networks supplying sanitary or food processing systems
must be installed upstream with respect to the backflow preventer and the downstream network must be marked with the
conventional safety signs and colours, in accordance with UNI 5634P regulations.
5. The opening of the relief valve must enable the water to drain off as a result of gravity.
6. When running a test with the ECO3TEST device, pressure gauges must be at the same height as the backflow, to ensure
correct measurement by the differential pressure gauge.
7. The discharge device must not give off toxic fumes into the room. The discharged waters must not be harmful to the
environment: the health authorities should be consulted in the cases established by the current regulations.
8. The leakage recovery system, located under the bleed valve mouth, and the discharge water recovery works must
have a minimum section, corresponding to the following values:
DN
Internal diameter of drain pipe
65
80
100
75 / 90 / 120
150
CONVEYOR ASSEMBLY
1/2. Insert the upper cover

into the drain conveyor
3. Fix the cover to the

back flow preventer
with the plugs included
www.brandoni.it
171
INSTALLATION
Follow the directions as shown in Fig B.
FIG. B
Protection
CEILING
Water
DRAINS mains
Discharge to drains
FLOOR
1. Install an interception valve x upstream with respect to the backflow preventer.

2. Install an interception valve y downstream with respect to the backflow preventer.
3. When the valves are closed install a strainer with a bleed plug upstream with respect to the preventer, making sure that
water flows in the direction indicated on the body.
WARNING
The strainer is essential if the preventer is to work properly. Make sure that, during the installation there are no residual parts
in the pipes that may serious damage to the device.
4. Install the backflow preventer between the strainer and the downstream valve, always following the direction indicated
on the body
5. Close valves 1-2-3
6. Remove the plastic protection cap located under the bleed valve
7. Fix the bleed pipe
8. Slowly open the upstream valve x
9. Slowly open the preventer valves, in the order 3-2-1, from downstream to up upstream; let them bleed, and close
10. Slowly open the downstream valve y
11. The backflow preventer is now working. Make sure that the relief valve does not leak. In case of leakage, check if there
are pressure decreases in the upstream section.
172
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3F
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE OF THE RELIEF VALVE

- Unscrew the cap bolts
- Take out and replace the CLOSING DEVICE S
Protection
R1
MAINTENANCE OF THE UPSTREAM

- Unscrew the nut and take out the shutter of upstream valve R1
- Replace the seal
R2
MAINTENANCE OF THE DOWNSTREAM

- Take out the upstream valve R2 by acting on the elastic ring
- Unscrew the nut
- Replace the seal
SPARE PARTS (CODES)

SPARE PARTS
R1
R2
Rs
Upstream valve seal
Downstream valve seal
ECO3F.065
K025996C80
K025997C80
K025998C80
025071C70
025078C70
ECO3F.080
K030996C80
K030997C80
K030998C80
030078C70
030071C70
ECO3F.100
K040996C80
K040997C80
K040998C80
040078C70
040071C70
www.brandoni.it
ECO3F.150
K060996C80
K060997C80
K060998C80
060071C70
060078C70
173
Serie ECO 3T
DO
AN N
BR
Protection
Application fields
174
FIRE FIGHTING
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
EUROP
Threaded end back flow preventer

with controllable reduced pressure zone
WATER
made in
Serie ECO 3T
The threaded end backflow ECO 3F preventers, with controllable reduced pressure zone type BA EN1717 are approved in conformity with
EN12729 and are manufactured in accordance with the most severe product norms and in conformity with the quality requirements of EN ISO
9001. The body of dimension DN 15 is made of brass and the body of dimensions DN 20-50 is made of bronze.
They consist of 2 spring check valves and a chamber situated in between the spring check valves, which contain a security valve, which in the
event of backflow, isolates the primary network from the user network.
The backflow might be caused by siphoning (the entry pressure decreases due to ruptures in the piping upstream, the water supply is interrupted, draining off parts of the piping due to events upstream) or the build up of counter pressure (the pressure of the user network is higher than
Backflow preventers are indispensable to prevent contamination of the distribution network of the drinking water from connect user units (for
example, washing machines, boilers, industrial plants, hospitals, laboratories, fire fighting plants).
For correct installation, it is necessary to install a filter upstream with respect to the backflow preventer, in order to avoid problems caused by dirt
and residual parts present in the piping, such as shut-off valves upstream and downstream with respect to the backflow preventer.
Series ECO3T backflow preventer, even if marked PN10 for the purposes of reference normative EN12729, due to its design and testing charac-
Protection
the pressure in the primary network due to overpressure caused, for example, by incoming water pumped from a private water well).
teristics is suitable for installation in firefighting networks with service presure of 12 bar.
2
3
1. Very compact design, one of the shortest

backflow preventers, which allows
easy installation in limited spaces.
2. Test points fitted with mini-valves, for checking
the absolute and the differential pressure
in the upstream and intermediate areas.
Together with the ECO3 TEST, these allow
verifying the function of the backflow preventer.
3. DN 20-50: Easy maintenance due to removable
cover.
Accessories
ECO3 TEST: control instrument
Special version
Pre-assembled unit
In conformity with EN1717, BA type

Homologated in accordance to EN12729

Threading: ISO228/1
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing in accordance with EN12729
www.brandoni.it
175
Threaded end back flow preventer with controllable reduced pressure zone
Serie ECO 3T - DN 15
3
10,11
11
Protection
R1
R2
S.1
S.3
S.2
S.5
S.7, S.8
3
12
S.4
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
R1.1
R2.1
S.1
S.2
S.3
S.4
S.5
S.6
S.7
S.8
176
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Valve M/F
Connection
Ring nut
Gasket
Spring
Downstream check valve bearing
Retaining ring
Spacer
Circlip DIN 472
Drain conveyor
Upstream check valve
Downstream check valve
Manifold
Shutter guide
Relief valve seal
Relief valve Shutter
Membrane
Relief valve spring
Hex nut
Membrane bearing plate
O-ring
Nuts and Bolts
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
Brass
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT P/Zn40Pb2
EPDM
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 304
Polypropylene
POM
POM
PPO Noryl
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
OT CW 602N ADZ
Neoprene + Nylon
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
NBR
AISI 304
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3T
1
S.3
S.1
S.2
S.4
S.5
R1.3
R1.6
R2.8
R2.1
R1.7
R1.2
R1.1
R2.2
R2.3
R1.5
R1.4
R2.4
R2.6
Protection
R2.5
R2.7
S.7
S.9
S.8
S.6
7
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R1.1
R1.2
R1.3
R1.4
R1.5
R1.6
R1.7
R2.1
R2.2
R2.3
R2.4
R2.5
R2.6
R2.7
R2.8
S.1
S.2
S.3
S.4
S.5
S.6
S.7
S.8
S.9
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Valve M/F
Connection
Ring nut
Gasket
Drain conveyor
Upstream check valve seat
Upstream check valve flange
Upstream check valve shutter
Upstream check valve spring
Upstream check valve stem
Upstream check valve seal
Upstream check valve retaining ring
Downstream check valve seat
Downstream check valve flange
Downstream check valve shutter
Downstream check valve spring
Downstream check valve stem
Downstream check valve stem guide
Downstream check valve seal
Downstream check valve retaining ring
Equalizer
Equalizer bush
Equalizer cap
Membrane
Stem
Relief valve shutter
Relief valve spring
Relief valve seat
Relief valve seal
O-ring
Nuts and bolts
Bronze CuSn5Zn5Pb5 EN 1982

Brass
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT P/Zn40Pb2
CELFLEx
Polypropylene
PPO Noryl
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
AISI 302
PPO Noryl
PTFE + carbon
OT P/Zn40Pb2
Neoprene + Nylon
PPO Noryl
PPO Noryl
AISI 302
OT CW 602N ADZ
Silicon rubber
NBR
AISI 304
www.brandoni.it
177

A
T
H1
H1
A
A
W
S1
S2
S3
H
Protection
G1
DN
kg
Weight
25
1"
258
107
186
55
106
32
1" 1/4
357
140
230
75
146
63
40
1" 1/2
357
140
230
75
146
75/90/120
50
2"
428
159
243
88
181
20
3/4/"
258
107
186
55
106
H1
15
1/2"
174
58
169
58
68
50
ISO 228-1
H1
Hmax
DN
T
A
H
H1
N
W
S1/2/3
ECO3T DN20-50
ECO3T DN15
Dimensions (mm)
Bv
S1
S2
S3
(kg)S
15
1,45
20
4
25
4
32
9
40
9
50
13
ECO3T DN15
ECO3T DN20-50
Serie ECO 3T pre-assembled unit

Bv
G1
Hmax
A1
A1
Dimensions (mm)
DN
G
G1
A1
H max unit
Bv
kg
178
15
35
70
335
58
100
2
20
45
90
448
107
115
5
25
57
110
479
107
115
6
32
58
120
623
140
150
11
40
66
140
658
140
150
12,6
50
78
160
781
159
180
18,4
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3T
Temperature
Pressure
Temperature
10 bar
min C
MaxC
65
DN50
DN40
DN32
DN25
bar
1.5
DN20
DN15
Protection
Maximum pressure
0.5
0.6
10
mc/h
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
15
1,76
20
6,7
25
9,7
32
13,5
40
25
50
38,6
Minimum flow rate (mc/h) in function of head loss ( accorging to EN 12729:2002 )

DN
Head loss 1 bar
Head loss 1,5 bar
15
1,9
2,9
20
3,4
5,1
25
5,3
7,9/
32
8,7
13
40
13,6
20,3
www.brandoni.it
50
21,2
21,8
179
Versions
Protection
Back flow preventer
ECO 3T DN15
ECO 3T DN2050
Body: Brass ADZ

Temp: 0 +65C
Body: Bronze
Temp: 0 +65C
Accessories
ECO 3 TEST
Control instrument. Composed of instruments, pre-assembled circuit, accessories for connection to the valve
and the instructions for the testing of the correct working of the back flow preventer.
Special version
Pre-assembled unit
Unit composed of 2 shut-off valves ( ball valves, butterfly valves or gate valves), 1 filter, 1 back flow preventer
VALVE
VALVE
FILTER
BACk FLOW
PREVENTER
180
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3T
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instruction for use and maintenance; it is also available on
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
R1
Protection
NORMAL OPERATION: REGULAR FLOW

Under normal conditions the relief valve is closed and water flows through
the 2 check valves (R1 and R2). Due to the head loss of valve 1, the pressure
in the intermediate section is at least 140 millibar less than the upstream
pressure.
This difference acts upon the membrane and closes the relief valve S.
R2
NO FLOW: NORMAL PRESSURE

The check valves (1 and 2) are closed and the relief valve remains closed.
BACK PRESSURE: DOWNSTREAM OVERPRESSURE

The downstream check valve (R2) closes, preventing potentially contaminated
water from flowing into the supply pipe. If the downstream check valve is not
perfectly watertight, the polluted water can seep into the central chamber.
As the pressure in the central chamber increases, the relief valve opens
and the polluted fluid discharges.
BACK-SIPHONAGE: UPSTREAM DEPRESSION

If the upstream pressure accidentally decreases, the check valves (1 and 2)
automatically close; so the pressure difference between the upstream
section and the central section is reduced; the spring opens the relief valve
and the central chamber empties.
Consequently, the flow between the upstream area and the downstream area
is interrupted, making it completely safe.
The empting of the central chamber causes a fall in pressure and brings the
valve back to the initial safety conditions.
www.brandoni.it
181
FIG. A
0.5m min
CEILING
Maximum hight for

water mains and drains
3. Around the device, there must be enough room to

enable easy installation or removal. It must be easily accessible for repair work and working tests.
Drains
Water
mains
0,5 - 1,5m
2. The backflow preventer must be located away from

every area that may be flooded, always considering
the highest level that water may reach in adjacent areas, in case of frequent flooding.
60
1. The device must be located in a common, easily accessible area of the building, it must be ventilated and
not subject to flooding. (The preventer should preferably be placed outside the building works and above
the soil).
0,5m min
Protection
IMPORTANT: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION

A correct example of how to install the backflow preventer is shown in Fig. A.
Discharge to drains
FLOOR
4. When the device is placed in an installation which
may pollute the drinking water supply network, all networks supplying sanitary or food processing systems must be installed
upstream with respect to the backflow preventer and the downstream network must be marked with the conventional
safety signs and colours, in accordance with UNI 5634P regulations.
5. The opening of relief valve must enable the water to drain off as a result of gravity.
6. When running a test with the ECO3TEST device, pressure gauges must be at the same height as the backflow, to ensure
correct measurement by the differential pressure gauge.
7. The discharge device must not give off toxic fumes into the room. The discharged waters must not be harmful to the
environment: the health authorities should be consulted in the cases established by the current regulations.
8. The leakage recovery system, located under the bleed valve outlet, and the discharge water recovery works, must
have a minimum section, corresponding to the following values:
DN
Internal diameter of drain pipe
1/2
50
3/4
1
63
1 1/4 1 1/2
75 / 90 / 120
INSTALLATION
FIG. B
Follow the directions as shown in Fig B.

1. Install an interception valve x upstream with respect
to the backflow preventer.
2. Install an interception valve y downstream with respect to the backflow preventer.
3. When the valves are closed, install a strainer with
a bleed plug upstream with respect to the preventer,
making sure that water flows in the direction indicated
on the body.
WARNING. The strainer is essential if the preventer is to
work properly. Make sure that, during the installation,
there are no residual parts in the pipes that could
seriously damage the device.
4. Install the backflow preventer between the strainer
and the downstream valve, always following the direction displayed on the product.
5. Close valves 1-2-3
6. Remove the plastic protection cap located under the bleed valve.
7. Fix the bleed pipe.
8. Slowly open the upstream valve X.
9. Slowly open the preventer valves following the 3-2-1 order, from downstream to up upstream, let them bleed and close.
10. Slowly open the downstream valve Y.
11. The backflow preventer is now working. Make sure that the relief valve does not leak. In case of leakage, check if there
are pressure decreases in the upstream section.
182
www.brandoni.it
Serie ECO 3T
MAINTENANCE DN 15
MAINTENANCE DN 2050
MAINTENANCE OF THE BLEED VALVE
MAINTENANCE OF THE BLEED VALVE
- Unscrew the bonnet bolts

- Take out and replace the
CLOSING DEVICE S
- Unscrew the bonnet bolts

- Take out and replace the
CLOSING DEVICE S
Protection
EXTRACTION OF THE CHECK VALVES

MAINTENANCE OF THE UPSTREAM CHECK VALVE
- Remove end connections

- Remove the circlips
- Remove the bonnet and the closing device
- Acting in the directions shown by arrows, remove the
upstream check valve R1 and the downstream check
valve R2
- Remove the retaining ring and take out the shutter of

upstream valve R1
- Unscrew the nut
- Replace the seal
R1
R1
R2
ASSEMBLING THE VALVES
MAINTENANCE OF THE DOWNSTREAM CHECK VALVE
- Acting in the directions shown by arrows, replace the upstream check valve R1 and downstream check valve R2
- Put the circlips in place
- Put the closing DEVICE S in place and mount the bonnet
- Reassemble the end connections
- Remove the retaining ring and take out the upstream valve R2
- Unscrew the nut
- Replace the seal
R2
R2
R1
SPARE PARTS (CODES)

SPARE PARTS
SPARE PARTS (CODES)

SPARE PARTS
R1
R2
S
ECO3T - DN15
K005900C70
K005910C70
K005998C70
R1
R2
S
Upstream valve seal
Downstream valve seal
www.brandoni.it
ECO3T.020
ECO3T.025
K010996C70
K010997C70
K010998C70
010071C70
010078C70
ECO3T.032
ECO3T.040
K015996C70
K015997C70
K015998C70
015071C70
015078C70
ECO3T.50
K020996C70
K020997C70
K020998C70
020071C70
020078C70
183
Regulation
The regulation valves regulate the parameters

of pressure and flow.
These valves allow optimizing the circuits in
terms of safety, service, efficiency and energy
saving by balancing, reducing, sustaining or
relieving the pressure and flow rate.
184
www.brandoni.it
WATER
CONDITIOING
HEATING
DRINKING WATER
INDUSTRY
FIRE FIGHTING
Summary
Balancing valves
Regulation valves
Threaded pressure
reducing valves
Flanged pressure
reducing valves
www.brandoni.it
Series Ekoflux S
186
Series Ekoflux M
200
Series 12.000 -13.000
210
Series 14.000
222
Series T15
230
Series F15
236
185
Flanged balancing valve
BR
Regulation
186
made in
EUROP
Application fields
CONDITIONING
DO
AN N
Serie Ekoflux S
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux S
The valves in the series EKOFLUX balance the flow in main circuits or single sections of heating or conditioning plants.
They allow correcting irregularities in the supply of the single users (irregularities which might cause noise and spoil the
components of the plant) and, as a result, improve environmental comfort, and optimize energy
consumption.
Regulation
They perform shut-off and measuring functions. The continuous presetting function allows controlling the loss of pressure
and of the flow rate.
They can be installed indifferently on the supply piping and on the return piping.

high temperature resistance, environmentally-friendly
water based paint.
2
4
3
2. Continuous pre-regulation allows controlling the

precise loss of pressure and flow rate.
The adjustable hand wheel allows reading the
position indicator in 4 different positions.
5
1
7
6
3. Self-sealing test point for quick-installing pressure

or temperature probes.
4. The pre-loaded spring maintains the hand wheel
position.
5. The shutter with EPDM seal produces a perfect seal,
when maintenance work is done on the system.
6. Stem seal with double o-ring.
7. Preset position memory: the preset value is maintained
also when the valve is moved.
Accessories
Electronic instrument for measuring the
differential pressure, flow rate and balancing

of the circuit
Pressure gauge probe adaptor


Flanges: EN 1092,
Design: EN13445
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing according to EN 12266
www.brandoni.it
187

V
14
11
17
13
2
10
12
4
9
17
19
Regulation
16
11
17
15
5
18
20
H1
n x
F
C
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Stem stopper
Spring
O-ring
Shutter
Shutter cover
Seal
Ring nut
Circlip
Thrust bearing ring
Retaining ring
Limiting screw
Plug
Shutter stopper
Screws
O-ring
Position indicator
Hand wheel DN 65-100
Hand wheel DN 125-150
Test point
EN GJL 250
EN GJL250
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 302
EPDM
PPS
PPS
EPDM
CuZn40Pb2
AISI 302
PTFE
CuZn40Pb2
CuZn40Pb2
CuZn40Pb2
CuZn40Pb2
Stainless steel A2
EPDM
Polyamide
Polyamide
Steel, epoxy coated
CuZn40Pb2
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
H1
V
C
F
nxD
Weight
kg
188
EN 558-1/1
EN1092 PN16
65
80
100
125
150
290
230
99
130
185
145
4 x 18
310
242
108
130
200
160
8 x 18
350
280
124
130
220
180
8 x 18
400
390
148
200
250
210
8 x 18
480
415
172
200
285
240
8 x 22
17,7
19,9
26
36
64,9
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux S
Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids
Temperature
Water, Glycol-water mix
min C
MaxC
-10
140
16 bar
Regulation

-4
bar
20
284 320 F
psi
290
10
145
-10
32
68
20
104
40
140
176
60
80
212
100
248
120
140
Flow rate deviation vs. regulation position

Flow tolerance
depending ondepending
presetting
Flow tolerance
on presetting
tolerance [ %]
20
15
10
5
1
5
presetting
www.brandoni.it
8.9
189
DN 65
Kv chart
9
kPa
100
( mc/h per bar )
DN65
Regulation
mH2O
10
1.5
7
8
Head loss
10
0.1
1
100
10
1
mc/h
Position
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.5
9
Kv
0
1,44
2,88
4,43
5,72
7,96
16,34
29,80
44,60
53,80
63,00
67,90
72,80
76,20
79,60
82,30
85,00
DN 80
Head loss
Kv chart
( mc/h per bar )
7
8
9
5
6
mH2O
10
DN80
0.1
190
kPa
100
10
10
100
www.brandoni.it
1
mc/h
Position
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.5
9
Kv
0
0,31
2,94
5,58
14,70
36,33
55,00
72,10
84,30
95,72
100,40
103,40
106,40
111,30
116,20
121,10
126,00
Serie Ekoflux S
DN100
( mc/h per bar )
kPa
100
10
0.1
100
10
1
mc/h
Position
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
8.5
9
Kv
0
5,16
13,42
23,09
32,80
48,08
70,50
104,20
132,50
144,00
155,50
158,75
162,00
165,00
168,00
177,00
186,00
Regulation
Kv chart
10
1.5
mH2O
Head loss
DN 100
DN 125
1.5
mH2O
10
Kv chart
6
7
8
10
12
13
Head loss
DN125
( mc/h per bar )
kPa
100
10
0.1
1
10
100
www.brandoni.it
Position
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Kv
0
6,52
10,34
19,40
86,80
126.00
158,70
185,80
202.00
217,80
231,90
248,20
259,00
268,40
1
mc/h
191
DN 150
Kv chart
6
DN150
kPa
100
Regulation
mH2O
10
1.5
8
10
12
14
16
Head loss
0.1
192
10
10
100
www.brandoni.it
1
mc/h
( mc/h per bar )
Position
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
DN 150
0
26,66
34,27
70,50
158,00
220,62
276,70
302,79
327,30
346,27
370,63
388,88
416,27
431,56
456,16
471
486
Serie Ekoflux S
Regulation chart - DN 65 / 85 / 100
1
10
1.5
80
1.5
70
0.4
2
60
2
40
35
30
1.5
25
20
2
0.7
2.5
0.8
6
7
8
9
10
0.9
1
40
5
4
6
7
9
4
5
5
4.5
5
3.5
7
9
6
8
200
DN 100
6
8
7
9
DN 80
50
60
70
80
90
100
DN 65
2.5
2
4
4.5
5
8
9
10
30
3,5
0.6
20
3
4
15
5
20
6
7
25
30
9
10
400
60
500
600
700
800
900
1000
0.1
mH2O
kv
www.brandoni.it
35
40
45
50
300
1.5
kPa
1.5
15
0.5
50
45
10
9
0.3
Regulation
100
90
20
70
80
90
30
100
l/s m /h
193

Regulation chart - DN 125 / 150
100
90
10
0.3
80
0.4
Regulation
70
2
60
1.5
0.5
50
45
0.6
40
0.7
2.5
35
0.8
6
7
8
9
10
0.9
1
30
1.5
25
2
20
3,5
4
4.5
5
6
15
20
1.5
10
9
40
50
7
6
60
70
80
90
100
3
4
5
4.5
4
3
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
1.5
kPa
194
7
9
11
13
15
15
5
20
6
7
25
6
7
9
11
13
30
200
8
10
12
9
10
45
50
300
400
60
500
600
700
800
900
1000
0.1
mH2O
kv
www.brandoni.it
35
40
DN 150
2.5
DN 125
4
3.5
9
10
30
20
70
80
90
30
100
l/s m /h
Serie Ekoflux S
Versions
Regulation
Balancing valve
EKOFLUX.S0
Body: EN GJL 250
Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +140C
Accessories
Instrument for measurement
Adaptor
Electronic instrument for the measurement

of the differential pressure, the flow rate and
the balancing of the circuit.
Pressure gauge probe adaptor.

1/4 F brass body and stainless steel probe.
www.brandoni.it
195

Regulation
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down, that
the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable and
caustic liquids. Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
Commissioning, decommissioning and maintenance interventions must be carried out by trained staff, taking account of
the instructions and local safety regulations.
ADVICE FOR PLANT LAYOUT
> In order to ensure that temperature and pressure limits are not exceeded, the system should be fitted with a thermostat
and pressure switches.
> Observe the following minimum distances between the valve and other system components.
DISTANCE FROM
Pumps
Bends - Ts
2DN
5DN
UPSTREAM
10 x DN
5 x DN
DOWNSTREAM
2 x DN
2DN
10DN
ABOUT CAVITATION
NB: the flow must be free of cavitation.
As the liquid flows through the valve, as a result of section reduction, its velocity and its dynamic pressure increase, and the
corresponding static pressure decreases. If the static pressure value drops below the vapour pressure level, steam bubbles
will form. These bubbles will be carried away by the fluid, and implode when the static pressure exceeds the vapour pressure again. Bubble implosion generates high temperatures and pressure shock waves locally, which will damage the valve
and cause vibrations and noise. Higher temperatures, lower static pressure and higher pressure drops across the valve
usually increase the risk of cavitation.
STORING
- Keep the valve in a dry place, protect from damage and dirt.
- Handle with care, avoid hitting, avoid knocks, especially on the weaker parts (hand wheel).
- Do not lift the valve by the hand wheel.
- Use suitable, sturdy packing for transport.
INSTALLATION
- do not lift the valve by the hand wheel.
- before installing, check that:
the piping is clean,
the valve is clean and undamaged,
the flange sealing surfaces are clean and undamaged.
- The valve is unidirectional; respect the flow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
- Use suitable gaskets and check they are correctly centred.
- Do not weld the flanges to the piping after installation of the valve.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping which may
subject the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects
as much as possible.
- Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- The position indicator may be set to 4 positions for an easier reading, without changing the valve preset regulation position.
(See fig.1)
196
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux S
Remove the upper screw (v1, DN 65-100) or the hand wheel (v2 DN 125-150), and take the position indicator out by pushing
on its lower part.
Set the indicator position by rotating it by 90-180-270 (fig. 1C)
Put back in place, taking care to match gear toots on stem and hand wheel,
Replace the upper screw and the hand wheel (fig. 1D)
Regulation
V1
Push this side
FIG.1A
FIG.1B
FIG.1C
FIG.1D
FIG.1B
FIG.1C
FIG.1D
V2
Push this side
FIG.1A
COMMISSIONING
- It is advisable to flush the system clean. Keep the valve fully open when flushing.
- If a system pressure test is required, the maximum allowed pressure PS may be exceeded by up to a maximum of 24 bar.
Pressure tests must be carried out at room temperature and with the valve fully open.
MEASURING
Pay close attention during measurement in the case of hot media.
- Pressure test plugs are self-sealing. Unscrew the pressure test plug cap and insert the probe (fig. 2A).
- Screw the probe ring nut to the pressure test plug (fig. 2B).
- We recommend placing an isolation valve (S) on the probe.
- After measuring, unscrew and extract the probe. Screw the plug cap back on.
FIG.2A
FIG.2B
www.brandoni.it
197

100
90
10
80
REGULATION CHART - UTILIZATION EXAMPLE
1.5
70
0.4
2
50
45
40
35
30
0.7
2.5
0.8
40
5
4
6
7
9
4
5
5
4.5
6
8
3.5
7
9
9
6
8
60
70
80
90
100
200
DN 100
50
DN 65
2.5
2
4
4.5
8
9
10
3
4
15
5
20
6
7
25
30
9
10
300
60
500
600
700
800
900
1000
0.1
mH2O
kv
35
40
45
50
400
1.5
kPa
3,5
30
8
6
0.9
1
6
20
15
0.6
4
6
7
8
9
10
20
1.5
1.5
25
10
9
0.5
DN 80
Regulation
60
DATA: for a DN 65 valve, given a design flow rate

of 4.2 m3/h and a required pressure drop for balancing
of 15 kPa.
Draw a straight line (1) between the given values of flow
rate and pressure drop. From the intersection of this line
and the vertical line Kv, draw a horizontal line (2)
to meet the DN 65 bar.
The value read (e.g. 3.7) is the presetting position.
0.3
1.5
20
70
80
90
30
100
l/s m /h
SETTING
Hand wheel mounting can be set for an easier reading, see chapter entitled Installation.
The regulation position can be read from the digital setting scales, showing basic settings (number of complete turns) and
fine setting (1/10 turn)(fig.3). Intermediate positions can be adjusted continuously.
Position 1.0 coincides with the valve being fully closed.
Presetting position can be retrieved by means of an adjustable stem travel stopper.
FIG.3
Fig. 3-a
Fig. 3-b
FINE SETTING
(1/10 turn)
BASIC SETTING
(number of complete turns)
The number of turns between the fully open and fully closed positions is:
8 turns for DN 65-80-100
12 turns for DN 125
15 turns for DN 150
Given the flow rate and the required pressure drop, obtained from the regulation chart the setting position, (e.g. a presetting position of 3,4 turns), the valve is set as follows:
Close the valve fully
Open to the calculated value, read on the digital scales.
Remove the upper screw.
With a flat head corkscrew, turn the inner stem travel stopper stem clockwise until it stops.
Replace the upper screw. Now the valve can be closed, but the set opening position cannot be overrun.
To check the setting position:
Close the valve fully
Open to the stop position. The presetting position is shown by the digital scales.
198
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux S
f = Cx+b (where f=adjustment factor; X= glycol percentage; C, b = constants)

Ethylene glycol
Temperature C
80
65
50
35
20
5
C
0,0034
0,0037
0,0043
0,0047
0,0053
0,0061
b
0,850
0,880
0,911
0,951
1,000
1,055
Propylene glycol
C
0,0030
0,0040
0,0050
0,0061
0,0069
0,0073
b
0,850
0,880
0,911
0,951
1,000
1,055
Regulation
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT FACTORS

Previous charts are valid for water. If an antifreeze is added to water, the viscosity and specific density change and this
causes a variation of the pressure drop, flow rate being equal, especially at low temperatures. Once you have the pressure
drop required to balance the water-antifreeze mix, in order to use the regulation chart, the pressure drop adjusted for pure
water must be calculated, by dividing the pressure drop by the adjustment factor. The adjustment factor is given by the
following formula:
EXAMPLE: for a DN 65 valve, for water mixed with 40% ethylene glycol, temperature 50C, given a design flow rate of 4.3
m3/h and a required pressure drop for balancing of 15 kPa.
The adjustment factor is 1.083 (0.0043*40+0.911). Pressure drop adjusted for pure water is 15/1.083=13.85 kPa. Therefore, the
presetting position given by the regulation chart is 3.8.
CONVERSION OF UNITS OF MEASURE
FROM
MULTIPLY BY
TO OBTAIN
kPa
kPa
kPa
m3/h
m3/h
m3/h
m3/h
l/min
0.01
0.1097
0.145
0.2778
16.6667
264.172
4.402
0.2642
bar
mH2O
psi
l/s
l/min
gph (US)
gpm (US)
gpm (US)
TO OBTAIN
DIVIDE BY
FROM
www.brandoni.it
199
Serie Ekoflux M
DO
AN N
BR
Regulation
P AT E N T E D
CONDITIONING
200
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
EUROP
Modulating differential pressure control valve
Application fields
made in
Serie Ekoflux M
The modulating valves in series EKOFLUX M balance and control the differential pressure (DPVC), and the flow automatically
and proportionally.
The valve balances the flow in the main network or in the single units of a heating and/or conditioning system, it controls and
keeps the pressure differential of the user constant, in the range of 0.2 - 1.6 bar, reducing the risk of noise and wear of the
thermostatic control valves, and corrects the imbalances of the supply between the user units, allows greater environmental
Regulation
comfort, in terms of optimisation of the energy consumption.

The valves perform shut-off and measuring functions.
Advantages: they allow reducing purchase costs, and installation and set-up times.
No need for an external energy supply.
5
high temperature resistance,
environmentally-friendly water-based paint.
2. Self-sealing test points for quick connection pressure

or temperature probes.
3. The large diameter membrane allows accurate
measuring of the pressure
4. Differential pressure regulation screws.

The associated position indicator allows
easy setting of the differential pressure
5. Position indicator may be adjusted to 4 positions

for easy reading.
6. The shutter with EPDM seal produces a perfect seal,
when maintenance work is done on the system.
Accessories
Electronic instrument for measuring the
differential pressure, flow rate and balancing
of the circuit
Pressure gauge probe adaptor

Flanges: EN 1092,
Design: EN13445
Marking: EN19
Testing: 100% testing according to EN 12266
www.brandoni.it
201
Regulation
H1
F
C
n x
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Spring housing
Stems
Seal
Membrane
Spring
O-ring
Hand wheel
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
Aluminium
CuZn40Pb2
EPDM
Reinforced EPDM
AISI 302
EPDM
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
H1
B
V
C
F
nxD
Weight
kg
202
EN 558-1/1
EN1092 PN16
65
290
305
310
200
200
185
145
4 x 18
80
310
316
400
242
200
200
160
8 x 18
100
350
326
414
242
200
220
180
8 x 18
24,2
30,6
36,1
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux M
Maximum pressure
Temperature
Fluids
Temperature
Water, water-glycol mix
min C
MaxC
-10
120
16 bar
-4
bar
20
284 320 F
psi
290
10
145
-10
32
68
20
104
40
140
60
176
80
212
100
248
120
140
Regulation

Kv chart ( mc/h per 1 bar )

Position
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5,5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7,5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
10.5
11.0
11.5
12.0
12.5
13.0
13.5
14.0
14.5
15.0
DN 65
0,0
0,9
2,4
3,4
5,3
7,4
10,0
13,5
16,0
18,4
23,2
28,7
32,5
36,4
40,8
42,8
44,1
46,2
47,6
-
Kv
DN 80
0,0
4,7
7,4
10,0
12,5
14,9
20,8
27,8
34,1
40,7
46,3
50,6
54,3
57,8
61,4
64,9
66,7
67,7
68,4
68,9
69,3
69,7
70,0
-
DN 100
0,0
6,3
8,8
12,1
17,7
22,8
27,0
32,4
42,8
52,2
58,5
63,6
68,7
74,7
79,9
83,6
87,1
90,6
94,1
97,3
99,7
101,5
102,8
103,8
104,4
104,9
105,3
105,4
105,5
www.brandoni.it
203

Working range
Refer also to Instructions and Recommendations: Regulation of the differential pressure
Differential pressure
CODE
200
300
400
600
800
P (mbar)
1000
1200
1400
1600
Regulation
Portata l/h
EKOFLUX.ML06516
1.000
1.000
1.500
1.500
1.500
40.000
60.000
75.000
75.000
75.000
EKOFLUX.MH06516
EKOFLUX.ML08016
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
75.000
75.000
75.000
75.000
75.000
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
55.000
70.000
85.000
85.000
85.000
EKOFLUX.MH08016
EKOFLUX.ML10016
1.500
75.000
1.500
2.000
2.000
2.000
3.000
3.000
90.000
90.000
90.000
100.000
100.000
100.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
2.000
3.000
120.000
120.000
120.000
120.000
120.000
EKOFLUX.MH10016
2.000
3.000
3.000
3.000
4.000
4.000
130.000
130.000
140.000
140.000
150.000
150.000
ATTENTION:
Minimum flow rate: indicated in italics
Maximum flow rate: indicated in italics, bold type
10%
Min. flowrate
204
Max. flowrate
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux M
Versions
EKOFLUX.ML
EKOFLUX.MH
Body: EN GJL 250

Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
Controllable differential
pressure range: 0,2 0,8 bar
Body: EN GJL 250

Seal: EPDM
Temp: -10 +120C
Controllable differential
pressure range: 0,4 1,6 bar
Regulation
Included with the supply

Capillary copper pipe, 4 mm diameter, 1 m length,
complete with G M fittings.
Different length on request.
Data of the project to be supplied while ordering

Nominal flow
Differential pressure of the user unit P (refer to chart at page 206 fig.1)
Attention: In order to grant that valve works properly, it is important to assure that the differential pressure H user unit
connection to the riser (upstream of the valve) has at least the double value of the differential pressure P across the user unit
(H > 2,5 x P).
Accessories
Instrument for measurement
Adaptor
Electronic instrument for the measurement of

the differential pressure, the flow rate and the
balancing of the circuit.
Pressure gauge probe adaptor. 1/4 F brass

body and stainless steel probe.
www.brandoni.it
205

Regulation
RECOMMENDATIONs
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down, that
the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable and
caustic liquids. Temperatures above 50C and below 0C might cause damage to people.
Commissioning, decommissioning and maintenance interventions must be carried out by trained staff, taking account of
instructions and local safety regulations.
ADVICE FOR PLANT LAYOUT
- In order to ensure that temperature and pressure limits are not exceeded, the system should be fitted with a thermostat
and pressure switches.
- Observe the following minimum distances between the valve and other system components.
DIsTANCE FROM
Pump
Bends, T-joints
2DN
5DN
UPsTREAM
10 x DN
5 x DN
DOWNsTREAM
2 x DN
2DN
10DN
- The valve MUsT bE INsTALLED ON THE sUPPLY sIDE of the system and connected to the return pipe with a capillary pipe (fig. 1).
The capillary pipe connection is shown in fig. 2.
- In order to ensure that valve works properly, it is important to ensure that the differential pressure H user unit connection
to the riser (upstream of the valve) has at least twice value of the differential pressure P across the user unit
(H > 2,5 x P), see fig. 1.
The differential pressure H should not exceed 4 bar, if cavitation is to be avoided.
FIG.1
FIG.2
Capillary pipe
connection point
AbOUT CAVITATION
NB: the flow must be free of cavitation.
As the liquid flows through the valve, as a result of section reduction, its velocity, and its dynamic pressure, increase, and the
corresponding static pressure decreases.
If the static pressure value drops below the vapour pressure level, steam bubbles will form. These bubbles will be carried
away by the fluid, and implode when the static pressure exceeds the vapour pressure again. Bubble implosion generates
high temperatures and pressure shock waves locally, which will damage the valve and cause vibrations and noise.
Higher temperatures, lower static pressure and higher pressure drops across the valve usually increase the risk of cavitation.
206
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux M
INsTALLATION
- Before installation, check that:
The piping is clean
The valve is clean and undamaged
The flange sealing surfaces are clean and undamaged
- The valve is unidirectional. Respect the flow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
- The valve has to be connected upstream of the components and connected to the return circuit by the capillary tube
(fig. 1). The placing area is indicated in figure 2.
- Use suitable gaskets and check that they are correctly centred.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments of the piping which may
subject the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects
as much as possible.
- Tighten screws crosswise.
Nb: check that the hand wheel is fully open (complete anti-clockwise rotation)
- Position indicator can be set in 4 positions for an easier reading, without changing the valve preset regulation position.
(see fig.3):
Remove the hand wheel V and take the position indicator out by pushing on its lower part.
Set the indicator position by rotating it by 90-180-270 (fig. 3C).
Screw the hand wheel back on (fig. 3D), taking care to match the gear teeth on the stem and position indicator.
Regulation
sTORING
- Keep the valve in a dry place, protect from damage and dirt.
- Handle with care, avoid knocks, especially on the weaker parts (hand wheel).
- Use suitable, sturdy packing for transport.
Push this side
FIG.3A
FIG.3B
FIG.3C
FIG.3D
COMMIssIONING
- It is advisable to flush the system clean. Keep the valve fully open when flushing.
- If a system pressure test is required, the maximum allowed pressure PS may be exceeded by up to a maximum of 24 bar.
Pressure tests must be carried out at room temperature and with the valve fully open.
www.brandoni.it
207
Regulation
MEAsURING
Pay close attention during measurement, in the case of hot media.
- Pressure test plugs are self-sealing. Unscrew the pressure test plug cap and insert the probe (fig. 4A).
- Screw the probe ring nut to the pressure test plug (fig. 4B).
- We recommend placing an isolation valve upstream of the probe.
- After measuring, unscrew and extract the probe. Screw the plug cap back on.
FIG.4A
FIG.4B
Measuring the flow rate

Open the valve fully (complete anti-clockwise rotation).
Screw the pressure gauge connection to the pressure plugs.
Turn the hand wheel clockwise observing the pressure gauge connection. The gauge indicator is stable as long as the
flow rate does not change.
Stop turning as soon as the gauge indicator moves (differential pressure increasing).
Take note of differential pressure reading on pressure gauge.
Calculate the flow rate with the formula:
Q =Kv
P (bar)
Kv
Q (m3/h)
Differential pressure reading on the pressure gauge

Coefficient of flow rate, taken from the Kv chart on page 203, in
correspondence with the number of turns made, read on the hand wheel
position indicator
Coefficient of flow rate
When the measurements have been done, put the valve in the fully open position (complete anti-clockwise rotation of
the hand wheel).
REGULATION OF THE DIFFERENTIAL PREssURE
- Open the valve fully (complete anti-clockwise rotation).
- Remove the upper cover P, fig. 5.
- Using a screwdriver with a flat head, unscrew air vent S and let any air out.
- Tighten until it stops turning, and replace the cover P.
- To regulate the differential pressure, turn the command screw X: turn clockwise to increase the differential pressure, up to
the preset value, as indicated in the operation field chart, on page 204.
FIG.5
P
S
Istruzioni EkofluxS + M montaggio prese pressione
208
www.brandoni.it
Serie Ekoflux M
sETTING
Hand wheel mounting can be set for an easier reading, see chapter entitled Installation.
The regulation position can be read from the digital setting scales, showing basic settings (number of complete turns) and
fine setting (1/10 turn) (fig. 6). Intermediate positions can be adjusted continuously.
Position 1.0 coincides with the valve being fully closed.
Regulation
FIG.6
Fine setting
(1/10 turn)
Basic setting
(number of complete turns)
The number of turns between the fully open and closed positions is:
10 turns for DN65
12 turns forDN80
15 turns for DN100
sCHEME
In an heating/conditioning plant, because of the distance
of the pump and of the plant layout, happens that some
user units are subjected to a differential pressure higher than
the designed one and so receiving an excessive flow, while,
on other hand, others could not receive the design flow.
In fig. 7A is shown an example scheme; vertical rods
represent pressure upstream and downstream the user
units, and the rods red part represent the differential
pressure, which varies widely among the circuits
(P1-2 > P3-4 > P5-6 > P7-8 > P9-0).
The misbalancing in differential pressure and flow affects
negatively comfort (requested temperature are reached
after a long time, or not reached at all, unstable
temperature), as well the energy consumption and noisiness
and wear of user unit control valve.
Placing a balancing valve Ekoflux M upstream of the user

unit, it creates a pressure drop (shown in green in fig. 7B),
that evens the misbalancing and allows to keep the
optimum differential pressure on the user unit control valve
(in red, P1-2 = P3-4 = P5-6 = P7-8 = P9-0).
A differential pressure control valve gives the further
advantage to keep constant the differential pressure
across the end user circuit also when occur modifications
in the plant (e.g. end user circuit opening/closing,
temperature variations).
www.brandoni.it
209
Serie 12.000-13.000
Regulation
Diaphragm or piston control valve
Application fields
WATER
210
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
Serie 12.000 - 13.000

The diaphragm or piston-type, regulation valve operates as a continuous flow valve with a variable section. The flow is
opened, shut-off and regulated by the means of the membrane supported and guided by the stem-bonnet-spring unit
(version 12.000), or by the piston - V-port unit (series 13.000).
Suitable pilot circuits, installed on the body of the valve, allow all kinds of regulation.
Due to its natural variation, it is possible to control the pressure upstream as well as downstream, and to regulate the flow,
Principal functions: Automatic ON-OFF control Pressure regulation Pressure relief sustaining Level control Flow control
Shut-off for excess flow
These functions may be combined in a single valve.
The valves are suitable for application in water plants, generally.
Available for PN 10, PN 16 and PN 25. Sizes DN 50-DN 150 of article 13.000 are available also in PN 40.
Regulation
by monitoring the upstream and downstream pressure.
1. Face-to-face EN558/1-1 (ex DIN3202 F1).

approved for contact with drinking water,
3. Continuous flow shaped internal section.
4. V-port in stainless steel; reduces risk

of cavitation.
5. Available with different springs for
the pilot circuit, to satisfy service and
regulating pressure requirements.
(See list on page 220)
6. Support for pressure gauge standard.
7. Position indicator and drain (optional).
4
6
Accessories
Pressure gauge
Position indicator and manual relief valve
V-Port
Springs

Face-to-face: EN 558-1/1 (ex DIN 3202 F1)
Flanges: EN1092
Testing: EN12266 (ISO 5208)
www.brandoni.it
211

B
12.000
13
6
11
H
Regulation
4
5
2
1 10 8
7 9 3
13.000
13
1 9
11
6
5
4
2
8 7
10
3
C
212
www.brandoni.it
Serie 12.000 - 13.000

Materials
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Shutter
Membrane support
Membrane
Bushing
Stem
Body seat
Retaining ring
Seal
Spring
Bolts and nuts
Pilot circuit
EN GJS 400-12 / Carbon steel

Nylon reinforced Neoprene
Bronze
AISI 303
AISI 316
AISI 304
NBR
AISI 302
AISI 304
Nickel plated bronze pilot / Stainless steel hoses /
Nickel plated brass valves, filters and fittings
Serie 13.000
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Regulation
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Serie 12.000
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Shutter
Sliding ring
Lip seal
Bushing
Body seat
Retaining ring
Seal
V-port
Spring
Bolts and nuts
Pilot circuit

AISI 304
PTFE
NBR
Bronze
AISI 316
AISI 304
NBR
AISI 304
AISI 302
AISI 304
Nickel plated bronze pilot / Stainless steel hoses /
Nickel plated brass valves, filters and fittings
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
B
C
Weight
kg
EN 558-1/1
with pilot circuit
with pilot circuit
EN1092 PN16
EN1092 PN25
EN1092 PN40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
700
800
230
220
170
165
165
165
260
250
180
185
185
185
310
280
200
200
200
200
350
310
210
220
235
235
350
380
230
250
270
270
480
420
250
285
300
300
620
520
280
340
360
-
730
60
300
405
425
-
850
740
340
460
485
-
1100
810
390
580
620
-
1250
890
460
715
730
-
1450
970
540
840
845
-
1650
1020
590
910
960
-
1850
1070
640
1025
1085
-
20
24
30
43
48
90
142
230
380
550
860
1100
1450
1900
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
213
Diaphragm or piston control valves

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Bar
Regulation
Article
12.000- 13.000 PN 16
16 bar
12.000- 13.000 PN 25
25 bar
13.000 PN40 (only for DN50-200)
40 bar
Temperature
min C
MaxC
70
Application limits
In order for the series 12.000 and 13.000 regulating valves to work perfectly, the following limits must be considered:
- Install in a horizontal position (indicate, when ordering, if the valve has to be installed in a vertical position)
- Suitable for drinking water or filtered water (filtration 2mm or less)
- Maximum fluid speed (continuous working) < 3.5 m/s
- Maximum fluid speed (peak service) < 5 m/s
- Minimum differential pressure for valves ON-OFF > 0.3 bar (3m H2O)
- Minimum differential pressure for regulating valves > 0.5 bar (5m H2O)
- Minimal inlet pressure > 0.5 bar (5m H2O)
- Pressure difference exceeding the ratio 3:1 between upstream and downstream value might cause cavitation and
consequently cause premature erosion of the components. Refer to the cavitation chart.
- Pilot circuit spring shall match operating conditions. Respect allowed regulation range.
Upstream pressure (bar)
Working range
40
In the non-available working area, the area
35
upstream / downstream pressure difference
30
will not allow the valve to operate properly.
Cavitation risk
A difference that exceeds the ratio 3:1
Operation area
between the upstream and downstream
25
pressures will cause cavitation, and consequently cause premature wear of the com-
20
ponents.
15
Avoid operating the valve when there is

a permanent risk of cavitation. The valve
10
might work for short periods under condi-
Area not available for operation
10
12
14
16
18
tions of slight cavitation.
20
Downstream pressure (bar)
Flow chart
DN
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
700
800
v (m/s)
214
Low headloss
m3/h
l/s
4,5
16
7,6
27
11,6
42
18,1
65
28,2
102
40,6
146
72,3
260
112,9
406
162,6
585
289
1040
451,6
1626
650,3
2341
885,1
3186
1156,1
4162
Recommended
m3/h
l/s
6,7
24
11,3
41
17,1
62
26,7
96
41,7
150
60,1
216
106,8
384
166,9
601
240,3
865
427,3
1538
667,6
2403
961,3
3461
1308,5
4711
1709,0
6152
2,3
3,4
Irrigation - Firefighting
m3/h
l /s
8,8
14,9
22,6
35,3
55,2
79,5
141,4
220,9
318,1
565,5
883,6
1272,3
1731,8
2261,9
32
54
81
127
199
286
509
795
1145
2036
3181
4580
6234
8143
4,5
www.brandoni.it
Minimum allowed
m3/h
l /s
Maximum allowed
m3/h
l /s
1
1,7
2,5
3,9
6,1
8,8
15,7
24,5
35,3
62,8
98,2
141,4
192,4
251,3
9,8
16,6
25,1
39,3
61,4
88,4
157,1
245,4
353,4
628,3
981,7
1413,7
1924,2
2513,3
3,6
6,1
9,0
14
22
32
57
88
127
226
354
509
693
905
0,5
35
60
90
141
221
318
566
883
1272
2262
3534
5089
6927
9048
5
Serie 12.000 - 13.000

700
800
500
400
300
250
200
150
100
125
80
65
10
8
50
m H2O
600
Serie 12.000
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with completely opened shutter
Art.12.000
Regulation
6
5
4
3
2
10
100
mc/h
1000
Kv - DN chart
50
47
65
68
80
94
100
160
125
180
150
370
200
590
250
860
300
1260
400
1760
500
2800
500
400
300
250
200
150
100
125
80
65
50
700
5100
800
6100
Serie 13.000
Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar) - Head loss with completely opened shutter
m H2O
10
Art.13.000
8
600
3800
700
800
mc/h
600
DN
Kv
6
5
4
3
2
10
mc/h
1000
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
mc/h
50
41
65
62
80
86
100
150
125
160
150
350
200
560
250
770
www.brandoni.it
300
1070
400
1510
500
2250
600
3200
700
4200
800
4900
215

Versions
Serie 12.100 - 13.100
Regulation
Pressure reducing valves

These reduce the pressure to a preset value, regardless of any flow rate and
upstream pressure variation.
Indications to be made when ordering:
- Upstream pressure value (min and max)
- Downstream pressure value
- Min/max flow requested
Serie 12.120 - 13.120

Pressure reducing and sustaining valves
These reduce and stabilize the pressure at a preset value, independently of the
variation of the flow and the variation of the upstream pressure.
They keep the upstream pressure value constant, at the preset value.
- Upstream pressure value (min and max)
- Downstream pressure value
- Min/max flow requested
Serie 12.200 - 13.200
Pressure sustaining/relief valves

These keep the upstream pressure value at a preset value, and drain the excess
pressure downstream.
- Pressure setting value (relief valve function)
- Upstream pressure to be maintained (maintenance of the upstream pressure)
Serie 12.219 - 13.219

Surge anticipator/pressure relief valves
These protect pumping systems against excess pressure caused an abnormal and
sudden interruption of the pumping (e.g. unforeseen power supply interruption).
- Hydraulic characteristics of the pump (Q, P, NPs/1)
- Static pressure
- DN, material, thickness, length of supply pipe up to the destination reservoir/tank
- Carried liquid
216
www.brandoni.it
Serie 12.000 - 13.000

Serie 12.300A
This version allows maintaining the preset upstream pressure value, while draining
the excess pressure downstream.
- Maximum upstream pressure
- Min/max pressure to be regulated
Regulation
Pressure relief angle valve
Serie 12.400 - 13.400

Flow rate control valves
These automatically maintain a preset maximum flow rate, independently of the
upstream or downstream pressure variations. The nominal value is determined by the
calibrated aperture; this value can be increased or decreased by 30%, by turning
the pilot setting screw.
- Maximum value of the flow to be limited
Serie 12.410 - 13.410

Flow rate control and pressure reducing valves
These automatically maintain a preset flow rate, independently of the upstream or
downstream pressure variations. The nominal value is determined by the calibrated
aperture; this value can be increased or decreased by 30%, by turning the pilot
screw.
These reduce and stabilize the downstream pressure, in line with the preset value,
independently of the flow rate and the pressure variation upstream.
- Min/max pressure to be regulated
- Value of maximum flow to be limited
Serie 12.460 - 13.460

Flow limiting valve and min-max level control valves with
floating device
These keep the level in a tank between a minimum and a maximum value, and
automatically maintain a preset maximum flow rate value, independently of the
upstream or downstream pressure variations. The nominal value is determined by the
calibrated aperture; this value can be increased or decreased by turning the pilot screw.
NB: the maximum distance between the level control pilot and the valve must not
exceed 50 m.
- Maximum flow value to be limited
www.brandoni.it
217

Versions
Serie 12.500 - 13.500
Regulation
Float-controlled modulating valves (constant tank level)

These keep the tank level constant, by regulating the incoming and outgoing flows.
Level regulation is variable for 150 mm. The valve can be installed at the bottom of
the tank. The pilot must be installed inside the tank, or on the edge of the basin.
- Minimum and maximum pressure values
Serie 12.520 - 13.520

Float-controlled modulating valves (constant tank level)
that keeps the upstream pressure constant
These keep the tank level constant, by regulating the incoming and outgoing flows.
Level regulation is variable for 150 mm. The valve can be installed at the bottom of
the tank. The pilot must be installed inside the tank, or on the edge of the basin.
This maintains the preset value of the upstream pressure.
Serie 12.600 - 13.600

Min-max level control valves with floating device
When the maximum level is reached, the valve closes, and then reopens when the
minimum level is reached. Standard level range, from 100 mm to 700 mm.
Other ranges on request. The valve can be installed at the bottom of the tank.
The pilot must be installed inside of the tank or on the edge of the basin.
NB: the maximum distance between the level control pilot and the valve is 50 m.
Serie 12.620 - 13.620

Min-max level control with floating device and upstream
pressure
sustaining valves
s
When the maximum level is reached, the valve closes, and then reopens when the
minimum level is reached. The valve can be installed at the bottom of the tank.
The pilot must be installed inside the tank or on the edge of the basin. This valve maintains
and a preset value upstream, allowing the incoming flow to the tank to be controlled,
in order to prevent excessive flow, as a result of a drastic fall in pressure in the piping.
NB: the maximum distance between the level control pilot and the valve is 50 m.
- Maximum working temperature
- Regulation range
218
www.brandoni.it
Serie 12.000 - 13.000

Serie 12.800 - 13.800
These maintain the tank or reservoir level between minimum and maximum values.
The valve and the altitude pilot are located at the bottom of the tank. The valve
is opened and closed using the static head between the valve and the reservoir/
tank.
- Height of the tank
- Pressure
- Flow rate
Regulation
Level control valves with altitude pilot
Serie 12.900 - 13.900

Excess flow valves
These allow sectioning the piping, in the event of the flow speed being exceeded.
The valve is designed with the purpose of shutting off the pipeline in the event
of failure. It limits the damage caused by water, following a pipe fracture due to
earthquakes or landslides, etc.
- Pressure
- Flow rate
Legend of the symbols used in the sketches

Pressure reducing pilot
Low pressure pilot

(anticipates water hammers)
Hydraulic synchronizer
Pressure sustaining pilot
Excess flow pilot
Blead cock
Flow limit pilot
Filter
Pressure gauge
Auxiliary pilot
Ball valve
Float + min/max level regulating pilot
Piezometric level control pilot
Flow rate regulator
Float + constant level regulating pilot
www.brandoni.it
219

Versions
Regulation
Diaphragm control valve
12.000
Body: EN GJS 400 or welded steel
Epoxy coated
PN: 10-16-25
Temp: +2 to +70 C
Piston control valve
13.000
Epoxy coated
DN 50 - DN 150: PN 40
DN 50 - DN 300: PN 25
Temp: +2 to +70 C
Accessories
Pressure gauge
Position indicator and

relief valve
V-Port
Springs
Spring colour Regulation range
(bar)
Pressure
Pressure
sustaining reducing
pilot
pilot
White
0.5 - 2
0.5 - 3
Green
0.5 - 4
0.5 -6
1-5
1 - 10
Red
220
www.brandoni.it
Black
1.5 - 8
1.5 - 12
Black + white
2 - 11
2 - 15
Yellow
4 - 17
5 - 20
Serie 12.000 - 13.000

STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place.
NB: handle the valve using the eye bolts provided; in any case, do not use the position indicator or the pilot piping to lift
the valve.
MAINTENANCE
After 5 months of service
Check and clean the filter in the main conduit, and at the same time, check the Y filter in the valves pilot circuit. If the pilot
circuit filter is clogged, the valve might not work properly.
Regulation
After 12 months of service

Check and clean the filter in the main conduit and, at the same time, check the Y filter in the valves pilot circuit.
Check the internal components:
- Remove the pilot circuit
- Unscrew the bonnet bolts, remove the cover and extract the shutter unit.
- Check the single rubber parts, membrane and sealing in order to verify their condition, and if worn, establish a suitable
maintenance plan.
- Reassemble the shutter and the valve bonnet, taking care to tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Put the valve in service. This type of check allows establishing the necessary maintenance cycle of the valve under real
working conditions.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve, ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down, that
the pressure has decreased and that the lines and pipes have been drained in case of toxic, corrosive, inflammable or
caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
Warning: when requesting a quotation or placing an order, specify if the installation requires the main valve stem to be
horizontal (cover pointed sideways). The valve will be adapted accordingly, and fitted with an additional venting device
(venting cock installed at the top of the cover) to permit a simple release of air during the first commissioning.
- Handle with care.
- Ensure there are no residual parts left in the piping, such as welding residues, plastic parts, mounting residues.
It is recommended that the piping be cleaned carefully, before installing the valve.
- In any case, we recommend fitting an adequate filter that can work under the conditions of the valve, as protection for it.
Furthermore, it is recommended that shut-off valves be installed upstream and downstream of the regulating valve, as well
as a suitable dismantling joint, in order to facilitate installation/disassembling/maintenance.
- Leave a suitable space around the valve to enable maintenance work and commissioning.
the seals have been correctly positioned. The distance between the counter flanges must be equal to the face to face
distance. Do not use bolts of the counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. The bolts should be cross tightened.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Avoid inclination, twisting and misalignments which may subject the
as possible.
NB: The valve is unidirectional: respect the flow direction indicated on the body.
www.brandoni.it
221
Serie 14.000
Regulation
Needle valve
Application fields
WATER
222
DRINKING WATER
www.brandoni.it
Serie 14.000
The needle valve is mainly designed for water flow regulation in a pipeline. The flow regulation is achieved by the axial
movement of a piston, which is operated by a rod and crank mechanism.
The piston reduces the flow by closing in the flow direction, and operates in a housing with equalized pressure; this allows
the valve to operate in a stable and smooth manner, without vibrations and with a low operating torque. The regulation is
achieved with high head losses, when the valve is less than 40% open, and very low head losses, when the valve is more
than 50% open.
The valves are suitable for all kinds of water plants. Available for pressures up to 64 bar.
All sizes (DN) are supplied with a gearbox.
If necessary (because of the operating conditions), the shutter can be equipped with a stainless steel slotted cylinder (anti
cavitation device), which allows modulation of the energy dissipation, thereby achieving greater resistance to cavitation,
Regulation
YES: for shut-off operation and for discharge to the atmosphere with high pressure differentials.
and modification of the regulating curve of the valve to meet the requirements of the plant.
1. Face-to-face not standardized.

approved for contact with drinking water,
3. The internal hydrodynamic profile and the
pressure equalization in the piston housing
allow precise and stable regulation,
even when the pressure is high and the
operating torque is low.
Absence of vibrations and noise.
4. All parts move on self-lubricating bronze
bushes, which prevents galling, and achieves
reliability even after a long period of inactivity.
5. Flange in accordance with ISO 5211:
equipped with gearbox (standard) possibility
of electric actuator mounting.
Accessories
Actuators
Anti-cavitation device
Gear box (standard)
Standard slotted cylinder (K20, K50, K100, K150)
Electric actuators
are available with increasing anti-cavitation

resistance characteristics and head losses.

Flanges: EN1092
Testing: EN12266 (ISO 5208)
www.brandoni.it
223
224
H1
14.000 - electric actuator
Art. 14.000 attuatore elettrico
14.000 - gear box
Art. 14.000 riduttore manuale
Regulation
Needle valve
V
1 9
2
B
6
13
11
5
3
7 10 12 8
B1
www.brandoni.it
Serie 14.000
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Component
Material
Body
Crank
Shutter
Seal ring
Seal retaining ring
Operating shaft
Rod
Wrist pin
Bush
Rails
Main seal
Lip seal
O-ring
Bolts and nuts

Carbon steel Fe 360 B, nickel plated
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 304
AISI 420
AISI 420
AISI 420
Bronze
Bronze
PTFE
NBR
NBR
Stainless steel
Regulation
Materials
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
B
V
H1
B1
C
Weight
kg
kg
Not standardized
With gear box
With electric actuator
EN1092 PN16
EN1092 PN25
EN1092 PN40
EN1092 PN64
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
450
500
600
260
200
180
200
320
400
200
200
200
215
300
200
190
200
320
420
220
235
235
250
325
220
200
200
320
430
250
270
270
295
350
220
230
200
380
460
285
300
300
345
400
220
230
200
380
460
340
360
375
415
450
260
260
200
420
500
405
425
450
470
500
260
290
200
420
500
460
485
515
530
600
260
340
200
420
550
580
620
660
670
650
260
380
200
480
650
640
670
685
-
700
260
410
200
480
700
715
730
-
800
300
580
500
500
800
840
845
-
35
40
45
50
50
60
75
85
130
140
150
165
200
230
350
380
400
450
550
610
960
1020
(kg)
With gear box
With electric actuator
www.brandoni.it
225
Needle valve
Maximum pressure
Temperature
Bar
Regulation
Article
14.000 PN16
16 bar
14.000 PN25
25 bar
14.000 PN40
40 bar
14.000 PN64
64 bar
Temperature
min C
MaxC
40
Selection of the valves and operation limits

- Maximum speed of the fluid < 7 m/s (N.B. the diameter DN of the needle valve is determined according to the required
operating conditions and not necessarily coincides with the diameter of the piping. Use the speed flow chart and select
preliminarily the DN of the valve, respecting the maximum limit of the flow speed. Check that head losses of the valve are
compatible with the selected diameter. If not, choose a higher DN).
- Opening angle of the needle valve/regulation valve: 1090%.
- Check the cavitation behaviour as described in the section Cavitation.
600
500
450
400
300
250
200
150
125
100
m/s
10
80
Speed - flow chart
7
max
5
4
3
2
226
10
100
1000
www.brandoni.it
mc/h
Serie 14.000
600
450
500
400
300
250
200
150
80
m H2O
10
100
125
Head losses for standard valve 100% opening Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)
Regulation
6
5
4
3
2
10
mc/h
1000
100
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
80
99
mc/h
100
154
125
154
150
347
200
615
250
958
300
1410
400
2798
450
3140
500
3836
600
5484
The head losses, in all kind of position, might be calculated with the following formula:
Q
( Kv
)
DP, Pin, Pout (bar)

Q (m3/h)
Kv (m3/h)
v (m/s)
g= 9.81 (m/s2)
P= Pin Pout =
( )
v2
P= Pin Pout = 2g
pressure, head losses

flow rate
flow rate coefficient
head loss coefficient
flow speed
acceleration of gravity
The head loss coefficient () relative to the opening percentage, for the standard valve and for the versions equipped with
anti-cavitation device, is shown in the following chart:
10000
1000
K150
K100
K50
100
K20
10
Std
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Opening %
NOTE: Std = curve for standard valve (without anti-cavitation device)

K20, K50, K100, K 150 = curve relative to valve equipped with anti-cavitation device.
www.brandoni.it
227
Needle valve
Cavitation
The speed of the fluid varies as it passes through the valve, reaching the higher values near the valve seat (due to the
flow section restriction, a.k.a vena contracta). This causes the static pressure to decrease, and the decrease is greater the
higher the differential pressure P across the valve.
In the case of a high P across the valve, the static pressure in the restriction can fall below the vapour pressure of the
Regulation
liquid, and vapour bubbles will be formed.

When the fluid leaves the vena contracta the flow speed decreases, the static pressure increases and the vapour bubbles
implode. During this implosion process, high energy is released in a localized volume, producing pressure waves that cause
noise, vibrations and erosion of the valve and pipe walls. In the needle valve, implosion takes place at the centre of the
valve, far from the walls. This gives the needle valve an intrinsic resistance to cavitation.
To enhance cavitation resistance in the presence of extremely high pressure drops, valves can be equipped with an anticavitation device (slotted cylinders that increase energy dissipation).
In order to check if the working conditions are at risk of cavitation and if an anti-cavitation is required, it is possible to
compare the cavitation index , with the critical value c, from the following formula.
In case < c no cavitation exists
Pout + Pa - Pv
P +
v2
2g
P (mH2O)
Pout (mH2O)
Pv (mH2O)
Pa (mH2O)
Head loss across the valve (P= Pin-Pout)

Downstream pressure
Vapour pressure (0.2 mH2O for water at 10C)
Absolute pressure (10 mH2O)
1.8
Std
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
K20
0.6
0.4
K50
0.2
K100
K150
0
10
20
30
40
50
Opening %
228
www.brandoni.it
60
70
80
90
100
Serie 14.000
Versions

Epoxy coating
PN: 10-16-25-40-64
Temp: +2 to +40 C
Regulation
14.000

STORING
Keep in a dry and closed place
NB: handle the valve using belts (ISO 4878) or eye bolts if present; in any case, it is forbidden to lift the valve at the gearbox
/actuator.
MAINTENANCE
Thanks to the design features and construction characteristics, the needle valve does not require periodic maintenance.
Also the construction of the gear box/actuator does not require lubrication or other maintenance.
NB. for any necessary intervention on the valve, it is absolutely essential to remove the valve from the piping!
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out any maintenance or dismantling the valve:
- ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down,
or caustic liquids.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Ensure that there are no parts left in the piping, such as welding residues, plastic parts, mounting residues. It is recommended that the piping be cleaned/flushed carefully before the valve is installed.
- If the fluid contains a lot of residues (sand, small stones, etc), ensure that a suitable filter is installed upstream of the valve.
Furthermore, it is recommended that a suitable dismantling joint be installed, in order to facilitate installation/disassembling/
maintenance.
- Leave a suitable space around the valve to enable maintenance work and commissioning.
- Freezing of the water inside the valve causes irreparable damage. In risky environments, provide suitable insulation of the
valve or ensure that it is drained.
- It is recommended that a manometer be installed upstream and downstream of the valve in order to check that the
pressures are compatible with the characteristics of the valve.
- Place the valve between the flanges of the piping and install the seal between the pipe and valve flanges. Check that
the seals have been positioned correctly. The distance between the counter flanges must be equal to the valves face to
face distance. Do not use bolts of the counter flanges to bring the piping close to the valve. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Water hammers might cause damage and ruptures. Inclination, twisting and misalignments may subject the installed valve to excessive stresses. It is recommended that elastic joints be used in order to reduce such effects as much as possible.
NB. The valve is unidirectional: respect the flow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
www.brandoni.it
229
Serie T15
Regulation
Direct acting, pressure reducing valve, with piston, F/F threaded end
Application fields
WATER
230
HEATING
DRINKING WATER
INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
Serie T15
The series T15 F/F threaded-end pressure reducing valves are suitable for reducing and controlling the pressure.
They are made of sandblasted or nickel-plated brass, and are available in 3 versions:
T15 A > PN15 without gauge connection
T15 B > PN15 with gauge connection
T15 C > PN25 with 2 gauge connections
YES: for installation in water plants for single user units, boiler supplying plants, hydraulic plants with direct supply from main
water system.
They can be installed in a horizontal or vertical position.
Versions
Regulation
Suitable for water and compressed air.
T15 A
T15A.2G0
T15A.2N0
Body: Brass
Seal: NBR
PN 15
P. regulation downstream: 1 - 4 bar
Seat: Brass
Body: Nickel plated brass

Seal: NBR
PN 15
Seat: Brass
T15B.2G0
T15B.2N0
Body: Brass
Seal: NBR
PN 15
Seat: Brass
With gauge connection

Seal: NBR
PN 15
Seat: Brass
With gauge connection
T15C.2G0
T15C.2N0
Body: Brass
Seal: NBR
PN 25
P. regulation downstream: 0,5 - 6 bar
Seat: AISI 303
With 2 gauge connections

Seal: NBR
PN 25
P. regulation downstream: 0,5 - 6 bar
Seat: AISI 303
With 2 gauge connections
T15 B
T15 C
In conformity with D.M. 174

Testing: tested according to EN 1567
www.brandoni.it
231
H
T
Art. T15A
Regulation
T 15 A
H1
Art. T15B
T 15 B
H2
T
Art. T15C
T 15 C
A2
232
www.brandoni.it
Serie T15
Materials
Material
Body
Metallic internal trim
Seat
Stem
O-ring
Plastic parts
T15A, T15B
Brass CW617N UNI EN 12165
NBR
POM (acetal)
T15C
CW617N UNI EN 12165
AISI 303
NBR (1/2 - 2 1/2) / FKM (3 - 4)
POM (acetal)
Regulation
1
2
3
4
5
6
Component
Dimensions (mm)
DN
T
A
H
H1
A2
H2
ISO228/1
Weight
10
3/8
60
93
112
75
120
15
1/2
60
93
112
75
120
20
3/4
60
93
113
85
150
25
1
89
160
32
1 1/4
125
220
40
1 1/2
130
220
50
2
138
250
65
2 1/2
145
260
80
3
177
285
100
4
190
310
0,36
0,37
-
0,36
0,37
0,79
0,36
0,37
1,30
1,34
2,55
2,56
3,10
4,10
5,52
6,97
(kg)
T15A
T15B
T15C
Pressure
Pressure
Temperature
Maximum
Downstream regulation
T15A, T15B
15 bar
1 - 4 bar
T15C
25 bar
0,5 - 6 bar
Temperature
min C
Max C (continuous)
80
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1
4"
3"
2" 1/2
1" 1/4
1" 1/2
2"
1"
3/4"
bar
1,5
Serie 15c
1/2"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
Serie 15A- T15B
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
1
100
10
www.brandoni.it
1000
l/min
233
Regulation
STORING
CORRECT CHOICE OF THE PRESSURE REDUCER
In order to optimize operation, and reduce noise and head losses, the pressure reducer should be chosen in accordance
with the flow and not to the nominal diameter of the piping.
Choose the pressure reducer so that the flow rate falls within the ideal range shown in the following chart.
OPTIMAL FLOw RATE RANGE
T15 A - T15 B
DN
l/min
8 - 12
10 - 14
12 - 16
-
3/8
1/2
3/4
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
m3/h
0,5 0,7
0,6 0,8
0,7 0,9
-
T15 C
l/min
15 - 30
20 50
50 75
75 95
95 130
110 140
120 160
140 180
160 220
200 - 260
m3/h
0,9 1,8
1,2 - 3
3 4,5
4,5 5,7
5,7 7,8
6,6 8,4
7,2 9,6
8,4 10,8
9,6 - 13.2
12 15,6
RECOMMENDATIONS
INSTALLATION
Series T15 pressure reducers are not affected by gravity; therefore they can be installed in any position.
FIG. 1
- Respect the flow direction as indicated by the arrow on the body.

- The pressure reducing valve might be damaged by impurities in the water; in order to protect not only the pressure reducing valve but also all devices installed downstream (thermostatic mixer, sanitary mixers, shower, etc), it is recommended
that a filter F be installed upstream of the pressure reducing valve.
When there are devices that produce or accumulate of hot water or piping exposed to thermal shocks in the downstream
circuit, it is possible for the pressure to increase downstream of the pressure reducing valve; this is not a sign of malfunctioning of the pressure reducing valve but is due to the increase in the volume of water as a consequence of the variation of
its temperature; by installing a expansion tank, E, between the boiler and pressure reducing valve, the problem is avoided.
It is recommended that a security valve be installed in the circuit against water hammers, in order to avoid damage to the
internal parts of the pressure reducer due to violent pressure surges.
FIG. 2
234
E
www.brandoni.it
Serie T15
SETTING
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1.
Regulation for types T15A and T15B: to modify the outlet pressure, remove the black plastic cover: with a screwdriver, turn the brass stem as shown in Fig. 3A; by turning clockwise the outlet pressure will increase, by turning anticlockwise,
the outlet pressure will decrease. The correct regulation of the pressure has to be done while circuit is closed downstream.
Regulation for type T15C: to modify the outlet pressure, unscrew the ring (G) and turn the stem P as shown in Fig.
3B; by turning clockwise, the outlet pressure will increase, by turning anti-clockwise, the outlet pressure will decrease.
The correct regulation of the pressure has to be done while circuit is closed.
+
G
FIG. 3A
Regulation
- All pressure reducers are ex-works preset at 3 bar; the pressure of the outlet can be easily modified once the pressure
reducing valve is installed.
FIG. 3B
Fig. 3A
Fig. 3B
www.brandoni.it
235
Serie F15
Regulation
Flanged direct acting, pressure reducing valves with piston
Application fields
WATER
236
DRINKING WATER
INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
Serie F15
The flanged, direct acting, pressure reducing valves, with piston, in the series F15 are suitable for reducing and controlling
the pressure.
They are made of ductile iron, with an epoxy coating suitable for drinking water.
They are available in PN 10 16, PN 25, PN 40 and for 2 regulation ranges of the outlet pressure.
YES: for water and compressed air
The pressure reducing valve is used to:
> Protect a delicate section of a plant or device
> In sanitary networks, to keep the pressure level under a maximum value
> In compressed air circuits, to keep the pressure constant, independently of any variation caused by compressors
> Downstream of tanks or accumulation basins, to reduce and stabilize the pressure of the distribution network.
Regulation
> Supply a low pressure network from a high pressure network
Versions
F15.100
F15.100 - PN 10/16
F15.100 - PN 25
F15.100 - PN 40
Body: EN GJS 400

epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 1,5 - 6 bar
Body: EN GJS 400

epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Body: EN GJS 400

epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
F15.100 - PN 10/16
F15.100 - PN 25
F15.100 - PN 40
Body: EN GJS 400

epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Pressure regulation: 5 - 12 bar
Body: EN GJS 400

epoxy coated
Seal: NBR
Body: EN GJS 400

epoxy coated
Seal: NBR

Face-to-face: EN 558-1/1 (ex DIN 3202 F1)
Flanges: EN 1092
Testing: tested according to EN 1074
www.brandoni.it
237
Regulation
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Component
Material
Body and bonnet

Spring
Piston
Shutter seat
Shutter
Seal
O-ring
EN GJS 400-12
Stabilized Steel 55SiCr6
AISI 303
AISI 304
AISI 304 + Brass
NBR
NBR
AISI 304
Nuts and bolts
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
H
C PN10
Weight
kg
238
EN 558-1/1
50
230
280
83
65
290
320
93
80
310
350
100
100
350
420
117
125
400
590
135
150
450
690
150
12
19
24
34
56
74
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
Serie F15
Pressure
Temperature
Maximum
Pressure
F15.100 PN10-16
16 bar
F15.100 PN25
25 bar
F15.100 PN40
40 bar
Temperature
min C
Max C (continuous)
70
From 1,5 to 6 bar (blue spring)
From 5 to 12 bar (red spring)
Regulation
Pressure regulation downstream
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1
DN100
DN125
DN150
DN80
mH2O
20
DN65
DN50
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
0.8
0.6
0.5
10
50
100
200
mc/h
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
mc/h
50
20
65
47
80
72
100
116
125
147
600
172
www.brandoni.it
239

Regulation
STORING
CORRECT CHOICE OF THE PRESSURE REDUCER
In order to optimize operation working, and reduce noise and head losses, the pressure reducer must be chosen in
accordance with the flow and not the nominal diameter of the piping.
Choose the pressure reducer, in order not to exceed the maximum flow rate indication in the chart.
DN
MAXIMUM FLOW RATE

l/s
m3/h
3,9
14,0
7,0
25,2
10,1
36,4
16,4
59,0
25,7
92,5
38,0
136,8
50
65
80
100
125
150
This value may be exceeded, but it causes losses in the precision of the regulation, increases in head losses and noise.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling:
INSTALLATION
- Install the pressure reducing valves in series F15 in a horizontal position, for the best working situation, in order to reduce wear
of the internal parts; if necessary, it is possible to install the pressure reducing valve in a vertical position.
- Before installing the valve, ensure that the piping is cleaned thoroughly in order to avoid damage to the internal parts of the
valve caused by residues and stones.
- Ensure that the size of the sump is sufficient, and that there is easy access to allow maintenance, cleaning operations and
checking the gauge connection; the sump must be equipped with a drain for the filter cleaning work.
- Respect the flow direction indicated by the arrow on the body.
- Install the pressure reducing valve between 2 shut-off valves, V, in order to allow maintenance work, and install a filter
upstream of the pressure reducing valve. Place a relief valve upstream of the pressure reducing valve, if the piping goes
upwards or is placed horizontally, or place it downstream, if the piping goes downwards.
Include a safety valve, S, downstream.
FIG. 1
240
www.brandoni.it
Serie F15
The setting has to be done under static conditions (flow = 0)

- By turning the screw clockwise, the downstream pressure will increase, by turning it anticlockwise, the downstream pressure will decrease.
- Considering the pressure value downstream Pv, under working conditions (flow different from 0 value), the pressure reducing valve must be set at static pressure Po=Pv+DP (head loss).
Head loss DP can be considered to be 0.5 bar plus 5% of the value of the downstream pressure setting.
The admissible working conditions are shown in the following chart.
Regulation
SETTING
NB: Do not exceed a pressure reducing ratio of 5:1.
40
35
Cavitation risk
30
25
Regular working conditions

20
15
10
5
Impossible working
0
10
www.brandoni.it
11
12
241
Filtration
The installation of filters is essential,

to protect pumps, valves, backflow preventers
and pressure reducing valves from dirt
(rust, welding residues) and solids in the plant.
They can be installed in line, or in aspiration
(for example, in association with a foot valve).
242
www.brandoni.it
WATER
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
FIRE FIGHTING
HEATING
Summary
Filters
Series 10.000
244
Series 11.000
248
Instruction / Recommendations 253

for series 10.000, 11.000
Strainer baskets
www.brandoni.it
Series 50
254
243
Serie 10.000
Filtration
Threaded Y strainer with drain
Application fields
WATER
244
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 10.000
The filters in series 10.000 are threaded Y filters, with a body made of CF8M stainless steel, which are manufactured in
accordance with severe product norms. They are a prerequisite for protecting pumps, valves, backflow preventers and
pressure reducing valves against dirt (rust, welding parts, solids).
The filters are suitable for chemical, food and industrial plants. Also for heating and cooling (HVAC), for the distribution of
Filtration
water, and for agricultural purposes.
YES: installation in horizontal and vertical positions.
1. PTFE seals.
2. Plug for complete drainage in both positions,
horizontal and vertical.
3. Stainless steel slotted cylinder strainer.
3
1
2

Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
245
Threaded Y strainer with drain

A
1
Filtration
H1
4 2 4 5
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Strainer
Seal
Plug
ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A351 CF8M
AISI 316
PTFE
AISI 316
Dimensions (mm)
DN
T
A
H
H1
d
I
ISO 228/1
Weight
kg
246
7
1/4
65
35
56
1
2
10
3/8
65
35
70
1
2
15
1/2
65
35
70
1
2
20
3/4
80
45
90
1
2
25
1
90
57
110
1
2
32
1 1/4
105
58
120
1
2
40
1 1/2
120
66
140
1
2
50
2
140
78
160
1
2
0,25
0,21
0,22
0,36
0,69
0,76
1,22
1,79
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
Serie 10.000
Temperature
Pressure
Maximum pressure
Temperature
40 bar
min C
MaxC
-20
200
NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature increases;
please refer to pressure/temperature chart
-4
68
104
140
176
212
248
284
320
356
392
bar
psi
40
580
30
435
20
290
10
145
-20
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Filtration
2"
1" 1/2
1" 1/4
1"
3/4"
m H2O
10
1/2"
1/4" - 3/8"
0.1
100 mc/h
10
0.1
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
mc/h
1/4
3,5
3/8
3,5
1/2
4,5
3/4
5,7
1
7,9
1 1/4
16
1 1/2
23
2
36
Versions
With drain
10.000
Body: ASTM A351 CF8M
Filter: AISI 316
Temp: -20 +200C
www.brandoni.it
247
Serie 11.000
DO
AN N
BR
Filtration
Application fields
248
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Flanged Y strainer with drain
WATER
made in
CHINA
Serie 11.000
The filters in series 11.000 are flanged Y filters, with a body made of CF8M stainless steel, which are manufactured in accordance with severe product norms. They are a prerequisite for protecting pumps, valves, backflow preventers and
pressure reducing valves against dirt (rust, welding parts, solids).
The filters are suitable for chemical, food and industrial plants. Also for heating and cooling (HVAC), for the distribution of
Filtration
water, and for agricultural purposes.
YES: for installation in horizontal and vertical positions.

NO: for steam.
1. Face-to-face EN 558-1/1.
2. Plugs or mini-valves (1 pc up to DN 100,
2 for DN 125) for complete drainage
in both of the installation positions.
3. Strainer made of stainless steel metallic wire,
for minimizing head losses, equipped with
reinforced rings to prevent deformation
at high pressure.

4. Removable bonnet for inspection and maintenance.

Flanges: EN 1092
Marking: EN19
www.brandoni.it
249

A
n x
H1
w,m
Filtration
4
2
Materials
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Component
Material
Body
Bonnet
Strainer
Bonnet gasket
Plug
Mini-valves
Bolting
EN GJL 250
EN GJL 250
AISI 304
EPDM
Brass
Dimensions (mm)
DN
EN558/1 - 1
A
H
H1
Diameter of wire, w
Mesh width, m
EN 1092 PN16
C
F
nxD
ISO 228/1
T
Number of plugs
Number of minivalves
Weight
kg
250
40
200
75
128
0,6
0,8
150
110
4 x 19
1/2"
1
1
50
230
90
147
0,6
0,8
165
125
4 x 19
1/2"
1
1
65
290
95
168
0,6
0,8
185
145
4 x 19
1/2"
1
1
80
310
110
195
0,8
1,2
200
160
8 x 19
1/2"
1
1
100
350
125
224
0,8
1,2
220
180
8 x 19
1/2"
1
1
125
400
145
255
0,8
1,2
250
210
8 x 19
1/2"
2
2
150
480
170
300
0,8
1,2
285
240
8 x 23
3/4"
2
2
7,5
11
16
21
27
37
56
200
250
300
350
400
600
730
850
980
1100
205
245
285
320
360
370
435
502
680
780
1
1
1
1
1
1,6
1,6
1,6
1,6
1,6
340
405
460
520
580
295
355
410
470
525
12 x 23 12 x 27 12 x 27 16 x 27 16 x 31
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
(kg)
www.brandoni.it
91
144
185
294
392
Serie 11.000
Pressure
Temperature
Fluids
Temperature
min C
MaxC
-10
120
16 bar

14
20
bar
32
68
104
140
176
212
248
Filtration
F
290
psi
145
10
1
-10
20
40
60
80
100
120
DN 350
DN 400
DN 300
DN 250
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
m H2O
DN 50
15
DN 40
10
psi
21
14
8
6
5
4
3
2
1.4
0,8
0,6
0,5
10
20
30
50
100
200
300
500
1000
2000
0.7
mc/h
Kv - DN chart
DN
Kv
mc/h
40
36
50
54
65
76
80
108
100
170
125
295
www.brandoni.it
150
408
200
725
250
938
300
1233
350
1570
400
1850
251

Versions
Filtration
With drain
11.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Strainer: AISI 304
Temp: -10 +120C
With mini-valve
11.000
Body: EN GJL 250
Strainer: AISI 304
Mini-valve: ball valve M/F, in brass
Temp: -10 +120C
252
www.brandoni.it
Serie 10.000 - 11.000

Instruction and Recommendations for series 10.000 and 11.000
MAINTENANCE
Ensure that the filtering strainer is kept clean: if the filter is not clean, this will compromise is action, and may cause deformations or ruptures.
The plugs and mini-valves allow complete drainage of the impurities in both of the installation positions.
RECOMMENdATIONS
- ensure that the pipes, valves and fluids have cooled down
Filtration
STORING
Keep in a cool and dry place.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
as possible.
NB. These valves are unidirectional: install in accordance with the flow direction arrow indicated on the body.
Series 11.000: Place the valve between the flanges of the pipe and install the seal between the pipe and valve flanges.
Check that the seals are positioned correctly.
The distance between the counterflanges must be equal to the valves face to face distance.
Do not use the bolts of the counterflanges to bring the piping close to them. The bolts must be cross tightened.
Do not weld the flanges to the piping after installing the valve.
dRAIN
The impurities may be drained completely in both of the installation positions.
DN 125 400 2 plugs
DN 25 100 1 plug
www.brandoni.it
253
Serie 50.000
Filtration
Strainer baskets
Application fields
WATER
254
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
FIRE FIGHTING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 50.000
The 50.000 series consists of strainer baskets, to be fitted on water inlets, foot valves or pump suctions.
The presence of strainer baskets prevents the aspiration of solids, which might damage components of the plant, such
as pumps, valves, backflow preventers and pressure reducing valves.
Flanged version in slotted sheet metal, galvanized carbon steel or stainless steel; suitable for flanges PN 10/16, and,
on request, for flanges ANSI 150. In conformity with 12845.
Threaded version from DN50 to DN100, in AISI 304 metallic wire, threaded connection in nylon. In conformity with EN 12845.
Filtration
L1
f
D
D1
Dimensions (mm)
DN*
C
L
D
f
T
L1
D1
EN 1092 PN10/16
ISO 228/1
Weight
50
165
80
111
5
2"
85
62
65
176
100
131
5
2" 1/2
85
81
80
202
120
148
5
3"
105
93
100
212
150
168
5
4"
118
117
125
242
175
198
5
-
0,55
0,07
0,74
0,09
0,93
0,11
1,20
0,15
1,60
-
: larger sizes on request

*150
200
250
276
200
222
5
-
332
250
278
5
-
385
300
329
5
-
2,20
-
3,20
-
4,40
-
(kg)
50.000
51.000
Versions
Flanged
50.000
52.000
53.000
Flanged
Body: galvanized steel
Flanged
Body: AISI 304
Flanged
Body: AISI 316
Threaded
51.000
Threaded connection in nylon
Body: AISI 304
www.brandoni.it
255
Joints
Elastic joints protect circuits from movements

and extension, compression misalignments
and bending.
Moreover, the joints absorb vibrations
and noise, and reduce the causes of water
hammers.
256
www.brandoni.it
WATER
CONDITIONING
DRINKING WATER
INDUSTRY
HEATING
Summary
Rubber joints
Vibration-damping joints
www.brandoni.it
Series F8 - T8
258
Series W8
266
257
Serie F8-T8
Joints
Elastic rubber joint
Application fields
WATER
258
CONDITIONING
HEATING
DRINKING WATER
INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
Serie F8-T8
Elastic joints protect the piping from extension, compression, misalignments and bending. Suitable for reducing vibrations
and noise absorption, allowing the further reduction of the effects of water hammers.
Available in versions:
F8 > flanged
T8 > threaded
YES: for water plants, pumping stations, conditioning and heating, industrial and agricultural applications, compressed
Joints
air circuits.
1
3
1. Reinforcing fabric.
2. Reinforcing retaining ring.
3. Swivelling flange in galvanized steel.
On request, AISI 316, drilling EN1092 PN16 or PN10;
on request, ANSI B16.5 cl. 150
4. Connection in galvanized iron;
on request, in AISI 304
Accessories
Control rod unit
Series F8.500 - T8.500

In conformity with Directive 102 of the
Italian Ministry of Health, of 2/12/78,
for migration into drinking water.

Flanges: EN 1092
www.brandoni.it
259
Art. F8
Joints
Serie F8
n x
1 3
C
F
Art. T8 Serie T8
1 7
A1
260
www.brandoni.it
Serie F8-T8
Materials
Component
Body
Reinforcing fabric
Retaining ring
Flange
Union screw
Ring nut
Union flange
F8.5
EPDM
T8.1
NBR
T8.5
EPDM
Nylon
Steel for spring
Galvanized malleable iron
Joints
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Material
F8.1
NBR
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A1 T8
T
P
A F8
F
C
nxD
F
C
nxD
20
165
ISO 228-1 3/4"
16
EN 1092
PN16
EN 1092
PN10
25
175
1"
16
32
40
186
186
1" 1/4 1" 1/2
21
34
50
200
2"
40
65
218
2" 1/2
54
80
26
3"
62
100
-
125
-
150
-
200
-
93
93
99
108
116
129
142
156
177
140
150
165
185
200
220
250
285
340
100
110
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 12 x 22
140
150
165
185
200
220
250
285
340
100
110
125
145
160
180
210
240
295
4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 4 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 18 8 x 22 8 x 22
250
206
405
355
12 x 26
395
350
12 x 22
300
-
350
-
400
-
217
266
266
460
520
580
410
470
525
12 x 26 16 x 26 16 x 30
445
505
565
400
460
515
12 x 22 16 x 22 16 x 26
450
-
500
-
600
-
200
640
585
20 x 30
615
565
16 x 26
200
715
650
20 x 33
970
620
16 x 26
250
840
770
20 x 36
780
725
20 x 30
Compression (mm)
T8
F8
22
-
22
-
22
8
22
8
22
8
22
12
22
12
12
16
16
20
20
20
25
25
20
20
20
6
-
6
4
6
4
6
4
6
6
6
6
10
10
10
14
14
14
16
16
12
12
12
22
8
22
8
22
8
22
10
22
10
12
12
12
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
Extension (mm)
T8
F8
6
-
Lateral deflection (mm)

T8
F8
22
-
22
-
Angular deflection (degrees)

T8
F8
30
-
30
-
30
15
30
15
20
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
0,58
-
0,90
-
1,25
2,80
2,80
1,72
3,80
3,80
2,75
4,20
4,20
3,60
4,80
4,80
5,20
6,20
6,30
7,10
7,20
9,30
9,30
Weight (kg)
T8
F8 -PN10
F8 -PN16
www.brandoni.it
11,70 16,80 20,60 25,80 39,20 49,80

11,60 17,50 25,50 31,50 44,10 53,80
52
61
62,80 82,50
82,20 120
261

Maximum pressure
Temperature
Article
Bar
F8
16 bar DN 32-300
10 bar DN 350-600
T8
16 bar
Temperature
Joints
MaxC
-10
100
NBR
-10
80

Minimum pressure (vacuum)

Article
min C
EPDM
Bar
F8
0,7 bar absolute
T8
0,5 bar absolute
Serie F8
bar
68
68
86
86
104
104
122
122
140
158
140
158
176
212
194
176
psi
228
212
F
psi
Art. F8 228
171
Art. F8
16
bar
14
16
12
14
10
12
8
10
6
8
4
6
2
4
50
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
104
122
140
158
176
bar
194
EPDM
171
114
EPDM
NBR
114
57
NBR
57
50
68
68
86
86
104
140
158
176
212
194
psi
228
212
F
psi
Art. T8 228
171
Art. T8
16
bar
14
16
12
14
10
12
8
10
6
8
4
6
2
4
50
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
50
68
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
50
68
86
104
122
140
158
176
194
212
F 171
psi
142
171
114
142
87
114
57
87
28
57
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
C 28
10
20
30
40
50
60
www.brandoni.it
70
80
90
100
bar
12
bar
10
12
8
10
6
8
4
6
2
4
2
262
50
122
194
171
114
EPDM
NBR
114
57
EPDM
NBR
57
psi
Serie T8
Serie F8-T8
Joints
DN 250
DN 200
DN 150
DN 125
DN 100
DN 80
DN 65
DN 50
mmH2O
DN 40
DN 32
1000
Serie F8
100
10
1000
mc/h
Serie T8
DN 80
DN 65
DN 50
DN 25
m H2O
DN 40
100
DN 20
20
10
DN 32
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,8
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
2
20
10
30
50
100
500 mc/h
200
Kv - DN chart
F8
T8
DN
Kv mc/h
Kv mc/h
20
12
25
22
32
150,4
40
40
255
57
50
435
75
65
672
140
www.brandoni.it
80
947
175
100
1508
-
125
2633
-
150
4261
-
200
5957
-
250
10510
-
263

Versions
Joints
Flanged
F8.500
F8.520
F8.100
F8.120
Body: EPDM
Flanges: galvanized steel
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: EPDM
Flanges: AISI 316
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: NBR
Flanges: galvanized steel
Temp: -10 +80C
Body: NBR
Flanges: AISI 316
Temp: -10 +80C
T8.500
T8.510
T8.100
T8.110
Body: EPDM
Connections: AISI 304
Temp: -10 +100C
Body: NBR
Connections:
galvanized iron
Temp: -10 +80C
Body: NBR
Connections: AISI 304
Temp: -10 +80C
Threaded
Body: EPDM
Connections:
galvanized iron
Temp: -10 +100C
Accessories
F8. KIT
Control rod unit in galvanized carbon steel
264
www.brandoni.it
Serie F8-T8
STORING
- Keep in a closed and dry place.
- Avoid exposure to direct sunlight.
- Control rods should be installed in case movement exceeds the values permitted, indicated in the product specifications.
The use is recommended when there are pumps or other devices being installed on springs or other elements not fixed or
supported.
- Clean the surface before bringing the rubber and the flange into contact;
- Ensure that protrusions and sharp edges on the piping do not cause damage to the contact surface of the joint;
- Do not weld the flanges to the piping after installing the joint. Joints must be protected against sparks from any welding/
grinding jobs carried out nearby.
- Fit the screw to the flange, with the head of the screw in the direction of the joint,
FIG.1
to protect the rubber from damage (Fig. 1). Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Do not install the joint in direct contact with a rubber surface
(for example, butterfly valves).
- Do not place gaskets between the joint and counter flange.
- Avoid exposure to direct sunlight. In the case of installing outside, protect the joint,
if necessary.
Joints
INSTALLATION
MAINTENANCE
INSTALLATION OF THE CONTROL ROD UNIT
FIG.2
The kit consists of:

COMpONENT
Quantity
RODS
2
pLATE
4
HEx NUTS
8
1. Install the plates, P, on the counter flange (fig. 2)

2. Fasten rod A to the plate with two nuts on one side (for example, D2 fig. 2).
3. On the opposite side, regulate the distance between the nuts (D1) and the plate,
thereby the extension (L) and the compression limits (C) allowed for the joint.
Do not exceed the maximum allowed values, indicated in the product specifications.
D1
www.brandoni.it
D2
265
Serie W8
Joints
Vibration-damping rubber expansion joint
Application fields
WATER
266
CONDITIONING
HEATING
DRINKING WATER
INDUSTRY
www.brandoni.it
Serie W8
The joints in series W8 are made to absorb vibrations and noise.
YES: for water plants, pumping stations, conditioning and heating, industrial and agricultural purposes, compressed air
circuits.
Joints
NO: for absorption of extensions, tensions and misalignments.
1. The metal reinforcing flange provides

the necessary resistance while installing.
2. Full bore, no local head losses.
3. Full EPDM rubber.
2
3

Flanges: EN 1092
www.brandoni.it
267
Vibration-damping rubber expansion joint

3 4
Joints
n x M
1
F
C
Materials
1
2
3
4
Component
Material
Body
Flange
Tie rod
Nut
EPDM
Dimensions (mm)
DN
A
C
F
nxM
I
C
F
nxM
I
20
70
EN1092 PN6
90
65
4 x M10
14
EN1092 PN10
105
75
4 x M12
14
Weight
W8 PN6
W8 PN10
268
25
70
100
75
4 x M10
16
115
85
4 x M12
16
32
70
120
90
4 x M12
16
140
100
4 x M16
16
40
70
130
100
4 x M12
16
150
110
4 x M16
16
50
70
140
110
4 x M12
16
165
125
4 x M16
16
65
70
160
130
4 x M12
16
185
145
4 x M16
16
80
70
190
150
4 x M16
18
200
160
8 x M16
18
1,60
2,40
2,50
3,40
2,60
3,90
3,10
4,50
3,90
5,50
6,10
5,90
100
125
150
200
70
70
70
90
210
240
265
320
170
200
225
280
4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M16
18
18
18
20
220
250
285
340
180
210
240
295
8 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20 8 x M20
18
18
18
20
(kg)
1,50
1,80
www.brandoni.it
6,60
7,50
8,30
8,70
10,10
11,10
14,50
16,20
50
bar
86
68
104
122
140
158
176
212
194
Art. T8
16
14
171
Serie
W8
12
10
Pressure
8
6
Maximum
4
psi
228
Temperature
pressure
NBR Temperature
10 bar
114
EPDM
min C
57
-10
MaxC
100
2
10
20
30
40
50
104
122
60

increases; please
80refer to pressure/temperature chart
70
90
100
194
212
50
bar
12
10
8
68
86
140
158
176
Joints
psi
171
142
114
87
57
6
4
2
28
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Versions
W8.500
Body: EPDM
Temp: -10 +100C

FIG.1
The information provided here is delivered with each product, and contains Instructions for use and
maintenance; it is also available on our website: www.brandoni.it (download section)
NB: this item will not absorb extensions, stresses or misalignments.

STORING
Keep in a closed and dry place. Avoid direct exposure to sunlight.
MAINTENANCE
OK
INSTALLATION
- The joint must be free of tensile, torsion and bending stresses during installation.
Ensure that the piping is correctly anchored.
- Clean the surfaces before brining the rubber and the flange into contact.
- Do not allow any protrusions or sharp edges of piping to damage the contact surface of
the joint.
- Do not weld the flanges to the piping after installing the joint.
Joints must be protected against sparks coming from welding/grinding jobs carried out nearby.
- Choose the correct length of screw: if the screw too long, it might press the rubber and drive
it away from the flange. Install as shown in Fig. 1. Tighten the bolts crosswise.
- Do not install the joint in direct contact with a rubber surface (for example, butterfly valves).
- Do not place gaskets between the joint and counter flange.
- Avoid exposure to direct sunlight. In the case of installing outside, protect joint, if necessary.
OK
NO
www.brandoni.it
269
Solenoid valves
Solenoid valves are electro-mechanical shut-off
valves used in the automatic control of fluids.
They are available for indirect, auctioning
(servo-commands), in either a normally closed
version, a or normally open version, and
in combined auctioning, in a version normally
closed.
The different seal allows compatibility with a
wide range of fluids.
The characteristics of the coils (voltage,
frequency) cover the main types of electrical
supply used for auctioning solenoid valves.
270
www.brandoni.it
WATER
CONDITIONING
HEATING
INDUSTRY
Summary
Solenoid valves
www.brandoni.it
Series 84
272
Series 86
274
Series 87
276
Coils
278
Instructions / Recommendations
for series 84, 86, 87
279
271
Serie 84
Solenoid valves
Solenoid valve, servo-actuated
Application fields
WATER
272
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 84
The 84 series consists of solenoid valves, with mixed action, 2-way, normally closed (NC).
Threaded joints ISO228 BSP F/F, the body in brass CW617N, magnetic parts in stainless steel and the seal in FKM (Viton)
Suitable for thermo-hydraulic plants, dish washers, hydro cleaners.
Solenoid valves
YES: for water up to 150C.

NO: for gas and steam.
No need for a minimum operating pressure.
NC with FKM seal
Serie 84
Body: Brass CW617N

Magnetic parts: stainless steel
Membrane: FKM
Temp: -10 +150 C
Dimensions (mm)
G3/8
15
36
80
150
95
65
G1/2
20
38
85
150
105
75
G3/4
25
53
95
170
115
85
G1
32
53
100
170
140
100
0,68
0,66
1,1
1,2
1,7
3,8
11
(kg)
kg
Weight
ISO228/1
SW
T
of internal orifice
A
H
C
B
SW
Head loss Kv
mc/h
Maximum pressure
DN
Minimum*
Temperature
Maximum
3/8
15 bar
1/2
15 bar
3/4
10 bar
10 bar
Temperature
FKM
min C
Max C
-10
150
*: Minimum pressure=0.
No minimum pressure need for correct working.
www.brandoni.it
273
Serie 86
Solenoid valves
Solenoid valve, pilot-operated
Application fields
WATER
274
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 86
The 86 series consists of pilot-operated solenoid valves, 2-way, normally closed (NC).
Threaded joints ISO228 BSP F/F, the body in brass CW617N, the magnetic parts in stainless steel and the seal in NBR.
Suitable for thermo-hydraulic plants, autoclaves, cooling plants, machine utensils, washing plants, irrigation plants,
Solenoid valves
hygienic-sanitary plants, hydro-cleaners.

NB: the valves require a minimum pressure to work correctly.
NC with NBR seal
Serie 86
Body: Brass CW617N

Membrane: NBR
Temp: -10 +90 C
Dimensions (mm)
G1 G11/4 G11/2
26
32
45
93
111
138
104,5
130
138,5
71
86,6
110
67,5
79,5
100
45
55
62
G2
50
152
152
110
100
75
(kg)
kg
0,54
0,5
0,8
1,1
2,5
4,6
1,7
3,8
11
17
27
36
SW
Weight
ISO228/1 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4

11,5
13,5
18
57
69
74
78,5
85,7
92,7
42
45
54,5
38,5
41
50,5
24
30
36
T
of internal orifice
A
H
C
B
SW
Head loss Kv
mc/h
Maximum pressure
DN
Temperature
Minimum*
Maximum
3/8
0,1
15 bar
1/2
0,1
15 bar
3/4
0,2
15 bar
0,2
12 bar
1 1/4
0,4
12 bar
1 1/2
0,4
10 bar
0,4
10 bar
Temperature
NBR
min C
Max C
-10
90
*: Minimum pressure shows minimum pressure supply for correct working.

www.brandoni.it
275
Serie 87
Solenoid valves
Solenoid valve, pilot-operated
Application fields
WATER
276
CONDITIONING
INDUSTRY
HEATING
www.brandoni.it
Serie 87
The 87 series consists of pilot-operated, solenoid valves, 2-way, normally open (NA).
Threaded joints ISO228 BSP F/F, the body in brass CW617N, the magnetic parts in stainless steel and the seal in NBR.
Suitable for thermo-hydraulic plants, autoclaves, cooling plants, machine utensils, washing plants, irrigation plants,
Solenoid valves
hygienic-sanitary plants, hydro-cleaners.

NB: the valves require a minimum pressure to work.
NA with NBR seal
Serie 87
Body: Brass CW617N

Membrane: NBR
Temp: -10 +90 C
Dimensions (mm)
G1 G11/4 G11/2
26
32
45
93
111
138
104,5
130
138,5
71
86,6
110
67,5
79,5
100
45
55
62
G2
50
152
152
110
100
75
(kg)
kg
0,54
0,5
0,8
1,1
2,5
4,6
1,7
3,8
11
17
27
36
SW
Weight
ISO228/1 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4

11,5
13,5
18
57
69
74
78,5
85,7
92,7
42
45
54,5
38,5
41
50,5
24
30
36
T
of internal orifice
A
H
C
B
SW
Head loss Kv
mc/h
Maximum pressure
DN
Temperature
Minimum*
Maximum
3/8
0,1
15 bar
1/2
0,1
15 bar
3/4
0,2
15 bar
0,2
12 bar
1 1/4
0,4
12 bar
1 1/2
0,4
10 bar
0,4
10 bar
Temperature
NBR
min C
Max C
-10
90
*: Minimum pressure shows minimum pressure supply for correct working.

www.brandoni.it
277
Solenoid valves
Accessories
Coils
Coil
ISO228/1
G3/8
G2
28
30
36
B
22
40
47
L
29
39
39
H
10
14
14
D
Connector fast-on DIN 43650/B DIN 43650/A DIN 43650/A
Solenoid valves
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
A
(kg)
kg
0,06
0,15
0,21
Coil choices for series 84

DN
230V CA
110V CA
24V CA
24V CC
3/8
1/2
3/4
8000BH/230AC
8000BH/110AC
8000BH/24AC
10000BH/24DC

DN
230V CA
110V CA
24V CA
24V CC
3/8
1/2
3/4
6000BH/230AC
6000BH/110AC
6000BH/24AC
6000BH/24DC
11/4
1 1/2
8000BH/230AC
8000BH/110AC
8000BH/24AC
8000BH/24DC
11/4
1 1/2
8000BH/230AC
8000BH/110AC
8000BH/24AC
8000BH/24DC

DN
230V CA
110V CA
24V CA
24V CC
278
3/8
1/2
3/4
6000BH/230AC
6000BH/110AC
6000BH/24AC
6000BH/24DC
www.brandoni.it
2
10000BH/230AC
10000BH/110AC
10000BH/24AC
10000BH/24DC
Serie 84 - 86 - 87
Instructions and Recommendations for series 84 - 86 - 87
OPERATING NOTES
Indirect action (or servo-controlled) solenoid valves: the opening/closing of the solenoid valve is brought about by a
membrane which is controlled by the equilibrium of the pressures in the upstream and downstream branches, and in a
compensation chamber situated above the membrane itself, on which a pre-load spring also acts. When the solenoid
acts, its opens or closes a compensation aperture, which varies the equilibrium of the pressures mentioned above, thereby
opening or closing the solenoid valve.
For this to work, a minimum input pressure is required.
Mixed action solenoid valves: these are similar to the indirect action solenoid valves, with the difference that the solenoid
is hooked to the membrane and first causes it to open partially.
No minimum pressure is required for this to work.
Solenoid valves
STORING
MAINTENANCE
With regard to inspectionable solenoid valves, it is possible to disassemble the internal parts for maintenance.
The internal cleaning must be carried out carefully, in order not to damage the parts, such as the nuclei, membranes, seal
and seat of the seal.
RECOMMENDATIONS
Before carrying out maintenance or dismantling the valve: switch off the electricity supply, ensure that the pipes, valves and
fluids have cooled down, and that the pressure has decreased.
INSTALLATION
- Handle with care.
- Take account of the flow direction indicated on the body of the valve.
- Ensure that the circuit upstream of the solenoid valve is clean; dirt, rust, residues from welding and all particles entering the
solenoid valve will stop it from working correctly.
- Ensure that the electrical data on the valves indication plate corresponds to the electrical data of the supply.
- Place the solenoid valve as far away as possible from any heating, and in well ventilated area.
The best position for installation of the solenoid valve is with its axis horizontal and the coil placed on top.
NB: Do not install the solenoid valve with the coil placed below the valve (fig. 1)
Never supply a coil with electricity, without fitting it to a solenoid valve;
the coil will overheat quickly, and will be permanently damaged.
While fitting/dismantling, always act on the fixing points, on the body,
never on the coil.
www.brandoni.it
FIG. 1
NO
279
Information
280
www.brandoni.it
Summary
Technical information
Commercial information
www.brandoni.it
Flanges chart
282
Materials chart
283
Chemical compatibility of the

materials
284
Measurement conversion chart
286
Head loss definition
287
Order /enquiry form
288
Return authorisation form
289
Article number composition
290
Sales conditions
291
281
Flanges chart
N x
Information
External flange diameter

Holes center distance
Holes number
Holes diameter
Bolt size (metric)
Bolt size (UNC, inches)
C
F
N
D
M
T
Legend
PN 6 EN1092 - 1
DN
C
F
N
D
M
15
80
55
4
11
10
20
90
65
4
11
10
25
100
75
4
11
10
32
120
90
4
14
12
40
130
100
4
14
12
50
140
110
4
14
12
65
160
130
4
14
12
80
190
150
4
18
16
100
210
170
4
18
16
125
240
200
8
18
16
150
265
225
8
18
16
200
320
280
8
18
16
250
375
335
12
18
16
300
440
395
12
22
20
350
490
445
12
22
20
400
540
495
16
22
20
450
595
550
16
22
20
500
645
600
20
22
20
600
755
705
20
26
24
32
140
100
4
18
16
40
150
110
4
18
16
50
165
125
4
18
16
65
185
145
4
18
16
80
200
160
8
18
16
100
220
180
8
18
16
125
250
210
8
18
16
150
285
240
8
22
20
200
340
295
8
22
20
250
395
350
12
22
20
300
445
400
12
22
20
350
505
460
16
22
20
400
565
515
16
26
24
450
615
565
20
26
24
500
670
620
20
26
24
600
780
725
20
30
27
32
140
100
4
18
16
40
150
110
4
18
16
50
165
125
4
18
16
65
185
145
4
18
16
80
200
160
8
18
16
100
220
180
8
18
16
125
250
210
8
18
16
150
285
240
8
22
20
200
340
295
12
22
20
250
405
355
12
26
24
300
460
410
12
26
24
350
520
470
16
26
24
400
580
525
16
30
27
450
640
585
20
30
27
500
715
650
20
33
30
600
840
770
20
36
33
32
140
100
4
18
16
40
150
110
4
18
16
50
165
125
4
18
16
65
185
145
8
18
16
80
200
160
8
18
16
100
235
190
8
22
20
125
270
220
8
26
24
150
300
250
8
26
24
200
360
310
12
26
24
250
425
370
12
30
27
300
485
430
16
30
27
350
555
490
16
33
30
400
620
55
16
36
33
450
670
600
20
36
33
500
730
660
20
36
33
600
845
770
20
39
36
32
140
100
4
18
16
40
150
110
4
18
16
50
165
125
4
18
16
65
185
145
8
18
16
80
200
160
8
18
16
100
235
190
8
22
20
125
270
220
8
26
24
150
300
250
8
26
24
200
375
320
12
30
27
250
450
385
12
33
30
300
515
450
16
33
30
350
580
510
16
36
33
400
660
585
16
39
36
450
685
560
20
39
36
500
755
670
20
42
39
600
890
795
20
48
45
32
117,3
88,9
4
16
1/2"
14
40
127
98,6
4
16
1/2"
14
50
152,4
120,7
4
19
5/8"
16
65
177,8
139,7
4
19
5/8"
16
80
190,5
152,4
4
19
5/8"
16
100
228,6
190,5
8
19
5/8"
16
125
254
215,9
8
22
3/4"
20
150
279,4
241,5
8
22
3/4"
20
200
349,2
298,5
8
22
3/4"
20
250
406,4
362
8
26
7/8"
24
300
482,6
431,8
12
26
7/8"
24
350
533,4
476,3
12
30
1"
27
400
596,9
539,8
16
30
1"
27
450
635
577,9
16
32
1"1/8
30
500
698,5
635
20
32
1"1/8
30
600
812,8
749,3
20
36
1"1/4
33
PN 10 EN1092 - 1
DN
C
F
N
D
M
15
95
65
4
14
12
20
105
75
4
14
12
25
115
85
4
14
12
PN 16 EN1092 - 1
DN
C
F
N
D
M
15
95
65
4
14
12
20
105
75
4
14
12
25
115
85
4
14
12
PN 25 EN1092 - 1
DN
C
F
N
D
M
15
95
65
4
14
12
20
105
75
4
14
12
25
115
85
4
14
12
PN 40 EN1092 - 1
DN
C
F
N
D
M
15
95
65
4
14
12
20
105
75
4
14
12
25
115
85
4
14
12
ANSI 150 B16.5

DN
C
F
N
D
T
M
282
15
88,9
60,5
4
16
1/2"
14
20
98,6
69,9
4
16
1/2"
14
25
108
79,2
4
16
1/2"
14
www.brandoni.it
Materials chart
Steel
Stainless
Steel
CEE
EN
GB
BS
S
SS
USA
AISI/SAE
W - nr.
DIN
F
AFNOR
I
UNI
E
UNE
J
JIS
080M15
080M30
080M40
4360 40C
-
1350
1312
-
1015
1030
1040
9260
A 573 - 81 65
A216 WCB
A 105
1.0401
1.0116
1.0619
-
C 15
CK 35
CK 40
St 37 - U
GS - C 25
-
CC 12
XC 32
XC 42
E 24 - 3
-
C 15
C 30
C 40
60 Si7
Fe 360C
C 25
C20
F.111
AE 235 C
-
58M
58E
58J
-
302S01
303S21
304S15
304S12
316S16
316S13
416S21
420S37
316 C 16
2331
2346
2332
2352
2347
2353
2380
2303
-
302
303
304
304L
316
316L
416
420
A351 CF8M
1.4300
1.4305
1.4301
1.4306
1.4401
1.4435
1.4021
1.4408
01-125-00
0717 - 02
0727-02
No 35 B
A536 60-40-18
A536 80-55-06
0.6025
0.7040
-
GG 25
GGG 40
GGG 50
Ft 25 D
FGS 400 - 12
FGS 500-7
G25
GS400
FG 25
FGE 38 - 17
FC 250
FCD 40
CuZn40 Pb2
-
C 3561
-
G-X6CrNiMo1810
Cast iron
EN GJL 250
Grade 260
EN GJS 400-15 Grade 400 - 12
500/7
EN GJS 500-7
X12CrNi189
X15CrNi18 7
X15CN1809 X15CrNi1808
X12CrNiS188 Z10CNF 18.09 X10CrNiS18 9
F.3508
X5CrNi189
Z6CN 18.09
X5CrNi1810
F.3551
X2CrNi189
Z2CN 18.10
X2CrNi1811
F.3503
X5CrNiMo1810 Z6CND 17.11 X5CrNiMo1712
F.3543
X2CrNiMo1812 Z2CND 17.12 X2CrNiMo1712
Z12 CF 13
X12CrS13
X2 Cr13
Z20C13
X20Cr13
G-X6CrNiMo18
-
SUS302
SUS303
SUS304
SCS19
SUS316
SCS16
SUS54
SUS52
-
Brass
CW617N
CW602N ADZ
CZ 122
CZ 132
CuZn40 Pb2
-
C37700
C35330
2.0402
-
CuZn40 Pb2
-
Bronze
CuSn5Zn5Pb5-B
1400 LG2
CuSn5Zn5Pb5
C83600
2.1096
CuSn5ZnPb
CuSn5Zn5Pb5 CuSn5Zn5Pb5
CAC406
Aluminium- CuAl10Fe5Ni5-B
Bronze
1400 AB2
CuAl10Fe5Ni5
C95800
2.0975
CuAl10Ni
CuAl10Fe5Ni5 CuAl11Fe4Ni4
CAC703
Information
Metallic materials
Plastic and elastometric materials

Elastomer
Plastics
ISO 1629-1976
ASTM D-1418-79
Material designation
Commercial designation
NBR
FKM, FPM
CR
EPDM
IIR
CSM
MQ/MVQ
Acryl - Nitrile Butadiene Rubber

Fluorocarbon Rubber
Chloroprene Rubber
Ethylene - Propylene Rubber
Isoprene Rubber
Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene Rubber
Silicon Rubber
BUNA-N, PERBUNAN-N, HICAR, BUTACRIL, JSR-N, NITRILE

VITON, FLUOREL, TECNOFLON , DAI-EL
BAYPREN, BUTACLOR, NAIRIT, CHLOROPRENE, NEOPRENE
KELTAN, NORDEL, VISTALON, BUNA-AP
BUCAR, POLYSAR, ENYAR, BUTILE, BUTILIC RUBBER,
HYPALON
SILASTIC, SILOPREN, BLENSIL
PTFE
PA 66
POM
Modified PPO
Polytetrafluoroethylene
Polyamide 66
Polyoxymethylene
Polyphenilene Oxide
TEFLON, LUBRIFLON, RULON, HOSTAFLON, VALFLON F

NYLON, ERTALON 66SA
DELRIN, ACETAL, POLYACETAL
NORYL
www.brandoni.it
283
284
www.brandoni.it
A
D
A
D
D
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
C
A
C
B
D
D
C
D
A
B
D
B
B
B
C
C
D
C
C
B
B
A
D
C
B
D
A
A
C
D
C
B
B
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
C
D
B
B
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
C
A
A
A
C
C
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
B
B
B
D
C
B
B
A
B
B
B
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
A
B
C
D
B
A
CARBON STEEL
ALUMINIUMBRONZE
C
A
B
B
B
B
A
B
D
D
D
D
C
A
C
A
A
A
A
C
A
C
C
A
C
B
B
B
C
D
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
C
C
C
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
B
C
B
B
B
C
C
C
A
A
C
A
C
D
B
B
B
C
C
C
B
B
A
A
B
D
D
C
C
B
B
B
A
C
B
C
A
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
A
B
B
A
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
B
D
C
A
B
B
D
A
C
C
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
B
B
B
C
A
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
A
B
B
A
B
A
D
D
D
D
A
C
A
A
C
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
C
B
B
B
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
B
B
D
C
A
AISI 316
D
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
D
A
B
A
A
B
D
C
C
D
D
A
B
C
C
D
D
C
B
C
B
A
A
B
D
D
D
D
C
BRONZE
A
A
A
A
D
B
A
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
B
B
BRASS
B
D
GGG40
B
D
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
D
D
D
GG25
C
C
B
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
D
C
D
D
B
C
B
B
A
B
C
C
D
D
A
C
C
B
B
D
C
B
B
C
D
D
D
B
A
A
A
B
D
A
A
B
B
B
C
D
C
C
C
D
D
A
B
C
C
B
C
D
NORYL
B
A
A
B
B
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
D
D
B
B
D
B
A
A
A
C
B
C
A
D
D
A
D
D
D
D
C
C
B
A
D
B
A
D
D
D
D
A
A
D
D
C
A
C
C
A
C
C
D
B
A
A
C
A
A
D
VMQ
(SILICON)
C
D
A
A
A
B
A
D
D
D
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
D
C
B
A
D
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
C
C
D
D
A
AISI 304
CR
(NEOPRENE)
D
D
A
D
A
B
A
D
D
B
B
D
A
D
D
C
A
A
A
B
A
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
A
A
B
D
A
C
D
C
D
C
A
D
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
C
C
D
C
D
D
D
D
A
A
D
D
C
EPDM
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
VITON
Acetic Acid (Glacial)

Acetone
Acetylene
Alcohol, Benzyl
Alcohol, Ethylic
Alcohol, Methyl
Alcohol, Propyl
Amines
Ammonia (10%)
Ammonia, Anhydrous
Ammonia, Liquids
Aniline
Anti-Freeze
Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Benzene
Bleach
Brine
Butane
Carbon Dioxyde
Carbonic Acid
Caustic soda (Hydrogen Hydroxide 20%)
Chlorine Anhydrous Liquid
Chlorine Water
Citric Acid
Crude oil, sour (S>1%)
Crude oil, sweet (S<1%)
Detergents
Diathermic Oil
Diesel Fuel
Dyes
Ethane
Fatty Acids
Fluorine
Formaldehyde
Formic Acid
Freon 11
Freon12 (Wet)
Freon 22
Freon 113
Freon T.F.
Fuel Oils
Gasoline
Glycerine
Glycol, Ethylene Glycol
Hexane
Hydraulic Oils (Petroleum)
Hydraulic Oils (Synthetic)
Hydrochloric Acid (20%)
Hydrochloric Acid (37% Cold)
Hydrochloric Acid (37% Hot)
Hydrofluoric Acid (20%)
Hydrofluoric Acid (75%)
Hydrofluoric Acid (100% Cold)
Hydrofluoric Acid (100% Hot)
Hydrogen Gas
Hydrogen Peroxide (10%)
Hydrogen Sulphide (Acqueous Solution)
Hydrogen Sulphide (Dry)
Jet Fuel (JP3, JP4, JP5)
NBR
Information
Legend
A
No effect - Recommended
B
Minor efect - Good
C Moderate effect - Fair
D
Severe effect - Not suitable
PTFE
Chemical compatibility of materials with the indicated chemicals
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
C
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
B
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
A
B
D
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
D
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
C
B
C
A
D
C
D
D
C
C
A
D
A
B
A
B
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
C
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
D
D
D
D
B
D
D
D
D
A
D
B
D
D
B
B
B
A
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
B
D
D
C
B
D
D
D
D
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
C
D
C
B
B
A
A
B
C
C
D
D
B
B
B
C
C
D
B
A
B
D
D
D
B
C
B
C
A
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
C
D
B
C
A
A
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
C
D
C
A
A
D
D
D
D
A
A
A
C
A
D
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
B
B
D
A
B
C
D
D
B
B
B
D
A
D
D
A
B
A
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
C
A
D
D
D
B
B
D
D
A
B
A
A
A
www.brandoni.it
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
C
C
B
A
A
D
D
D
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
D
B
D
B
A
B
B
C
A
D
A
B
A
A
B
D
D
D
A
D
D
D
D
C
B
B
C
D
D
B
B
B
C
C
B
B
B
A
D
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
C
B
D
C
B
B
B
B
A
D
B
A
C
A
B
C
D
D
D
B
A
D
D
D
D
C
B
B
B
D
D
C
D
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
B
C
A
D
A
D
D
C
D
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
D
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
B
B
C
C
B
B
D
D
C
B
C
B
B
B
B
D
B
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
B
D
D
D
C
B
B
B
D
D
C
C
A
A
C
C
D
B
B
B
A
A
B
A
C
A
A
AISI 316
B
A
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
A
D
C
B
B
D
D
D
B
A
C
C
A
AISI 304
B
B
A
A
B
GG25
A
A
A
A
B
NORYL
A
A
C
D
D
A
A
A
B
A
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
D
D
D
D
D
B
C
B
A
A
D
D
D
A
A
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
B
C
C
B
A
C
C
C
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
B
A
A
C
B
C
D
B
B
A
B
B
B
B
C
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
D
A
A
A
C
C
C
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
B
A
A
C
A
B
C
C
C
A
A
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
C
A
A
A
A
C
B
C
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Information
D
D
D
D
D
CARBON STEEL
VMQ
(SILICON)
D
D
D
A
D
ALUMINIUMBRONZE
CR
(NEOPRENE)
A
D
D
D
A
BRONZE
EPDM
A
D
D
D
A
BRASS
VITON
A
A
A
A
A
GGG40
NBR
Kerosene
Ketones
Laquers
Laquer Thinner
Lubricants
Metalworking coolant, integral
Metalworking coolant, water emulsion.
Methane
Mineral Oil
Naphtha
Naphthalene
Nitric Acid (5-10% Solution)
Nitric Acid (20% Solution)
Nitric Acid (50% Solution)
Nitric Acid (Concentrated Solution)
Nitrous Acid
Olive Oil
Oleum (sulphuric acid 25%)
Palm Oil
Paraffin
Pentane
Phosphoric Acid (to 40% Solution)
Phosphoric Acid (to 40-100% Solution)
Phosphoric Acid (Crude)
Plating Solutions: Chromium Plating
Plating Solutions: Nickel Plating
Plating Solutions: Silver Plating
Potash
Potassium Bicarbonate
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Permanganate
Propane (Liquefied)
Propylene Glycol
Rape Seed Oil
Rust Inhibitors
Sea Water
Soap Solutions
Silicone Oil
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Hydroxide (20%)
Sodium Hypochlorite (to 20%)
Sodium Hypochlorite
Sodium Peroxide
Sugar (Liquids)
Sulphur Dioxide
Sulphuric Acid (to 10%)
Sulphuric Acid (10-75%)
Sulphuric Acid (75-100%)
Sulphurous Acid
Tanning Liquors
Transformer Oil
Turpentine
Urine
Varnish (Use Viton for Aromatic)
Water Acid, Mine
Water and Chlorine (Swimming Pool)
Water, distilled, demineralized, de-ionized
Weed Killers
White Water (Paper Mill)
PTFE
Legend
A
No effect - Recommended
B
Minor efect - Good
C Moderate effect - Fair
D
Severe effect - Not suitable
285
Measurement conversion chart
Information
Pressure
Temperature
FroM
MuLTipLy By
Pa, Pascal
Pa, Pascal
Pa, Pascal
Pa, Pascal
Pa, Pascal
bar
bar
bar
bar
atm, atmosphere
atm, atmosphere
atm, atmosphere
Kg/cm2
Kg/cm2
mH2O
0,001
0,000001
0,00001
0,00010972
0,000145038
1,01325
0,980665
10,1972
14,5038
1,03323
10,3323
14,6959
10
14,2233
1,42233
To oBTAiN
divide By
To oBTAiN
kPa, kiloPascal
Mpa, Mega Pascal
bar
mH2O, metres of water
psi, pound per square inch
atm, atmosphere
Kg/cm2, kilograms per square centimetre

FroM
FroM
MuLTipLy By
inches
inches
feet
feet
yards
square inches
square feet
square inches
square feet
square yards
l, litres
gallons
cubic yards
cubic feet
cubic inches
cubic inches
cubic feet
gallons
0,0254
2,54
0,3048
30,48
0,9144
0,00064516
0,09290304
6,4516
929,0304
0,8361274
0,001
0,003789412
0,7645549
0,02831685
0,0000164
16,38706
28,31685
3,875412
To oBTAiN
divide By
AppLy
K=C+273
C, Celsius degrees
K, Kelvin degrees
C=5 (F-32)
9
C, Celsius degrees
F, Fahrenheit
degrees
C= 5 R
4
C, Celsius degrees
R, Reamur degrees
F, Fahrenheit
degrees
R, Reamur degrees
Kg/cm , kilograms per square centimetre

iN
C=K-273
F= 9 R -32
4
AppLy
iN
F= 9 C -32
5
R= 4 C
5
R=4 (F-32)
9
To CoNverT
Mass, Force, Weight,

Torque, Energy, Power
Length, Area, Volume, Density
286
To CoNverT
To oBTAiN
m, metres
cm, centimetres
m, metres
cm, centimetres
m, metres
m2, metri quadrati
m2, square metres
cm2, square centimetres
cm2, square centimetres
m2, square metres
m3, cubic metres
m3, cubic metres
m3, cubic metres
m3, cubic metres
m3, cubic metres
cm3, cubic centimetres
l, litres
l, litres
FroM
www.brandoni.it
FroM
ounces (avoidupois)
ounces (troy)
ounces (avoidupois)
ounces (troy)
ounces (avoidupois)
pound per cubic inch
pound per cubic foot
Kg, kilograms force
lbf, pound force
kgm, kilogrammo forza-metro
pound force-foot
lbf-inch, pound force-inch
calorie
watt hour
pound-foot
pound-foot /hour
horsepower
horsepower
To oBTAiN
MuLTipLy By
28,34952
31,10348
0,02834952
0,03110348
0,4535924
27,6799
16,01846
9,80665
4,448222
9,80665
1,355828
8,851
4,19
3600
1,355828
3766161
745,6999
0,7456999
divide By
To oBTAiN
gr, grams
gr, grams
Kg, kilograms
Kg, kilograms
Kg, kilograms
g/cm3, grams per cubic centimetre
Kg/m3, kilograms per cubic metre
N, Newton
N, Newton
Nm, Newton metre
Nm, Newton metre
Nm, Newton metre
Joule
Joule
Joule
Watt
Watt
Kilowatt
FroM
Head loss definition

The total head or piezometric height expresses for a
fluid the principle of energy conservation (First Principle
of Thermodynamic); it is represented by Bernoullis trinomial.
In a generic section of a pipe the Bernoullis trinomial
is given by the summation of three terms (a potential
term, depending on position; a pressure term, a kinetic
Information
term, dependig on flow velocity) and, without any

friction or turbulence, is constant for every section.
Loss of head represents the losses due to causes such

as: friction on the pipe wall (distributed loss of head,
depending mainly on pipe lenght and roughness), or
swirls and turbulence near inlets, outlets, diaphragms,
bends, changes of section (concentrated loss of head,
depending on flow velocity).
The concentrated and distributed losses of head cause
difference in the Bernoullis trinomial calculated in two
different sections, as shown in the following example.
As regards valves, only the concentrated losses of

head are considerated, and diagrams
Loss of head - Flow rate are given:
Loss of head could be expressed by the flowrate coefficient

Kv, indicating the flowrate, in cubic metres per hour, that
flowing through the valve causes a loss of head of 1 bar.
The higher the coefficient Kv, the lower the loss of head.
CoNversioN FACTor
FroM
MuLTipLy By
To oBTAiN
cubic metres/hour per bar

0,31
0,09
0,27
1,17
cubic metres/hour per mH2O

litre/second per mH2O
litre/second per per bar
gallons/ minute per PSI (Cv)
To oBTAiN
divide By
FroM
www.brandoni.it
287
Ordine - Purchase order

Richiesta dofferta - Ask for quotations
Pag _______
DATA - DATE ___________________
Information
CODICE CLIENTE (clienti registrati) - CUSTOMER CODE (registered customers)

Dati anagrafici per 1 ordine/richiesta - Company data required for 1st order/enquiry
Azienda - Company ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Indirizzo - Address ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Telefono - Phone _____________________________________________________________ Fax _____________________________________________________________
E-mail _____________________________________________________________ Sito web - Web site _______________________________________________________
P. IVA - VAT NUMBER ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Pagamento - Payment __________________________________________
Certificato - Certificate __________________________________________
Resa - Port __________________________________________________________
Imballaggio - Packing ___________________________________________
Codice - Code
Banca - Bank ______________________________________________________

Conto corrente - Account
IBAN _________________________________________________________________
SWIFT CODE _______________________________________________________
Descrizione - Description
Q.ty
Prezzo - Price
Totale - Total
Q.ty
Prezzo - Price
Totale - Total
Scartamento - Face-to-face
Estremit - End connection
Materiale corpo - Body material
Materiale interni - Trim material
Materiale guarnizione - Gasket material
Verniciatura - Paint
Comando - Control
Condizioni di esercizio - Working conditions:
Temperatura - Temperature
Pressione - Pressure
Fluido - Fluid
Codice - Code
Descrizione - Description
Scartamento - Face-to-face
Estremit - End connection
Materiale corpo - Body material
Materiale interni - Trim material
Materiale guarnizione - Gasket material
Verniciatura - Paint
Comando - Control
Condizioni di esercizio - Working conditions:
Temperatura - Temperature
Pressione - Pressure
Fluido - Fluid
TOTALE - TOTAL
DATA DI APPRONTAMENTO PRESSO ROMAGNANO SESIA - DAY OF DELIVERY FCA ROMAGNANO SESIA
288
www.brandoni.it
_____________________
___________________________
Si prega di compilare attentamente questo

modulo in ogni sua parte
Please fill in every part of this form carefully
Da inviare via fax a Brandoni S.p.A. :

Fax +39 0163 834458
Fax to Brandoni S.p.A.:

Fax: +39-0163-834458
IN ASSENZA DI QUESTO MODULO LA DITTA

BRANDONI S.p.A. NON RITIRERA ALCUN TIPO DI
RESO
BRANDONI S.p.A. WILL NOT ACCEPT RETURN OF

ANY KIND OF GOODS WITHOUT THIS PRIOR ADVISE
Information
Richiesta autorizzazione al reso - Return authorisation request
DATA - DATE
CLIENTE - CLIENT
Articolo - Article
Quantit - Quantity
Motivo reso - Reason for the return
Causale reso - Reason for the return
Accredito - Credit
Rif. D.D.T.
Sostituzione - Replacement
La merce deve essere consegnata alla Brandoni S.p.A. in porto

franco. Nel caso il difetto sia imputabile ad unanomalia di
fabbricazione, sar nostra cura accreditarvi, oltre al materiale,
anche il trasporto.
The goods must be delivered to Brandoni S.p.A. carriage free.

If it is subsequently discovered that the defect is due to a
production fault, we shall refund the transportation cost, as well
as replace the material.
Nel caso in cui, non venga riscontrato nessun difetto di fabbricazione causato da Brandoni, il reso sar soggetto ad un addebito
del 10% per costi logistici ed amministrativi.
In case it is not found any manufacturing defects caused by

Brandoni, the return is subject to a charge of 10% for logistical
and administrative costs.
Vi preghiamo di imballare il materiale difettoso in modo

adeguato affinch non si danneggi durante il trasporto.
Please pack the faulty material suitably to prevent it from being

damaged during transportation.
Lufficio Qualit della ditta Brandoni S.p.A. preposto al controllo

del reso, autorizzer, tramite lufficio commerciale, laccredito o
la sostituzione della merce previo controllo della merce stessa e
conseguente verifica di responsabilit da parte della ditta
Brandoni S.p.A. (in caso contrario i pezzi difettosi vi verranno
restituiti).
The Quality Dept. of Brandoni S.p.A. in charge of checking the

return, will, through the Commercial Dept., authorise the
crediting or replacement of the goods, after having checked
the goods themselves, and confirmed that Brandoni S.p.A. are
responsible (otherwise, the faulty pieces will be returned to you).
Si autorizza il cliente al reso

The client is authorised to return goods
Il responsabile Assicurazione Qualit Brandoni S.p.A.
Quality Assurance Manager - Brandoni S.p.A.
www.brandoni.it
289
Article number composition

* Code to be indicated in the order/request form at page 288
Information
BALL VALVES
B 2
1 0 0
SERIES
BALL
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
I 0 5 0 L 1 6 C N CONTROL
DN
STEM
MATERIAL
SEAL
SEATS
CONNECTION
FLANGE
FINISH OR
THREAD
TYPE
BASIC CODE RELATIVE TO THE SERIES *
2 0
9 0 0
SERIES
WEDGE
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
O-RING
CHECK VALVES
0 0 0
SERIES
SHUTTER
MATERIAL
0 5 0 1 6 A - SPRING
DN
SEAL
MATERIAL
JOINTS
5 0 0
SERIES
CONNECTION
MATERIAL
J 9
1 0 0
SERIES
DISC
MATERIAL
REGULATION
VALVES
1 2
0 5 0 L 1 6
GATE
MATERIAL
BALANCING
VALVES
DN
DN
CONNECTION
0 8 0
E N
DN
TYPE
PRESSURE
REDUCING VALVES
DN
SERIES
5 1
CONTROL
DN
CONNECTION
0 0 0
0 5 0
CONNECTION
DN
SERIES
0 5 0
F 1
DN
TYPE
8 4 1 4 N 8 2 3 0 A C
POWER
SUPPLY
DN
GASKETS
KIT
SEAL
3 F 0 8 0 E N N
GASKETS
0 8 0 R 1 6
SERIES
TRIM
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
TYPE
DIAMETER
SPRING
TYPE
SERIES
CONNECTION
CONNECTION
SOLENOID VALVES
S 0 0 6 5 1 6
TYPE
E C O 3 F
TYPE
0 0 0
BACK FLOW
PREVENTERS
0 1 5
STRAINERS
CONNECTION
DN
E K O F L U X
0 5 0
SERIES
CONTROL
SEAL
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
1 6
0 0 0
0 0 5 0 R 1 0
CONTROL
NEEDLE VALVES
SERIES
SERIES
1 0 0
SERIES
1 4
0 0 0
CONNECTION
LINER
MATERIAL
BODY
MATERIAL
CONNECTION
SURFACE
FINISH
SERIES
BUTTERFLY VALVES
SEAL
RUBBER
1 8
FLANGE FINISH OR
THREAD TYPE
0 5 0 1 0
OPTIONAL DN
BODY
MATERIAL
1 1
OPTIONAL
KNIFE GATE
VALVES
CONNECTION
F 8
CONTROL
DN
SCREW
TYPE
F 5
I 0 5 0 V 1 6 E E
SCREW
MATERIAL
PAINT
BODY
MATERIAL
290
SOFT SEATED
GATE VALVES
K 5 2
0 8 0
SERIES
DN
The codes of the actuators are not separately shown

as they are sold only in assembled units.
The actuator type is identified in the code.
COIL
www.brandoni.it
Sales conditions
Mod. 056
1. Minimum amount
For orders up to 1.000,00 handling charges of 50,00 will be considered. The minimum order value is 500,00.
2. packaging
1% on order volume for standard packing in boxes /pallets, depending on weight and destination of the goods.
Declaration of conformity, certificates EN 10204-2.1 and 2.2 - 10,00 each.

Certificate EN 10204-3.1 has to be required while ordering - 30,00 each.
4. Prices refer to the current pricelist at the moment of the order, variations to prices indicated in the pricelist may be applied at
any time without prior notice.
5. All kinds of delay authorizes the customer to cancel the order but not to claim for any compensation nor to delay payments of
Information
3. declarations of conformity
prior consignments.
6. Unless stated otherwise by written agreement, the delivery of the goods is FCA - Brandoni SpA - Via Novara 199 - I-28078
Romagnano Sesia (NO) - incoterm 2010 - and are shipped at purchasers risk and danger, even when they are on delivery and
the freight cost is charged to the client. The goods shipped are not covered by any form of transport insurance or insurance policy.
The supplier denies liability for any damage, failure, tampering or loss after the exit of the goods from the warehouse.
For any complaint or claims deriving from, or tied to, shipping and/or complementary and/or supplementary operations, the
purchaser has to address exclusively to the forwarder/shipping company or to third party responsible.
7. The warranty for manufacturing defects is two years after the shipment of the goods. The warranty is applicable only in case the
verified defect is noticed within 8 days to the manufacturer.
Substitution of the claimed goods is free of charge in case manufacturing defect has been crosschecked. Brandoni SpA denies
any eventually additional cost relative to damages, interest rates or compensation requirements.
8. All payments have to be effected to Brandoni SpA registered office.

Exceeding the date of maturity, Brandoni has the right to collect the entire amount without further delay adding late charges
considering the current bank rates. Furthermore, this might authorize Brandoni SpA to suspend pending orders.
9. For the installation of our products, the instructions and norms of use reported in our technical documentation have to be
observed strictly. At the same time, the technical documentation reports the performances of the product.
10. disputes
1. If the contracting Party has its registered office in Italy or in a country belonging to the European Community (except for
Denmark) any dispute will be settled by friendly negotiation, according to Italian D.lgs n. 28/2010, through the Adr Aequitas
body and following its rules. Should the friendly attempt for settlement fail, the competent court shall be exclusively the
Tribunal of Novara - Italy.
2. If the contracting Party has its legal seat in Denmark or in a Country not belonging to the European Community, any dispute
arising out of or related to the present contract shall be settled by arbitration under the Rules of the Milan Chamber of
Arbitration, by a Sole Arbitrator appointed in accordance with the Rules. Seat of Arbitration shall be Milan (Italy), language
of arbitration shall be English.
11. The present general sales conditions substitutes and cancel any prior issue of the same.
12. Brandoni SpA grants a two years warranty against manufacturing defects.
The warranty is valid only for adequately stocked and handled products according to the indication in our technical
documentation. Warranty will not be valid for modified or dismantled/disassembled products.
13. The return of goods must be previously agreed with our Quality Department.
The customer will be charged for freight cost and 10% of the value covering handling fees.
14. In case technical assistance out of the warranty period is required, please refer to technical department.
NoTe
DELIVERy TIME IS CALCULATED IN WORKINg DAyS AFTER RECEIPT OF THE ORDER AND DOES NOT CONSIDER TRANSIT TIMES.
Brandoni SpA reserves the right to make changes in design and/or construction of the products at any time without prior notice. The present
pricelist revokes any previous one. For further information, please refer to www.brandoni.it
www.brandoni.it
291

Brandoni Catalogo Generale GB

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Brandoni Catalogo Generale GB

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1961-2011

Headquarters: via Novara 199

Brandonis general catalogue is the support that we

In 1985, the company diversifies its

1995: A turning point, the company

during 2004, ACUAFLOW VALVES S.L. is founded in Madrid to serve the

2007: In order to enhance service to the fast developing East-European

TODAY, innovation is the keyword and the driving

Along with production, Brandoni is also

To make consultation easier, we have listed some useful information.

Information you can find on our website

PDF files download without registration

1 CATALOGUE - search for series

For access to this section, registration is required.

Brandoni also obtained the requested certifications

ISO 9001-2008 Certification

for the following countries: Sweden, Romania, Czech

Certification for Gas

that comply with conformity requirements.

Shut-off valves are largely installed in process

Soft seated gate valves

Knife gate valves

Series B2.3/7 (R2.3/7 - S2.3/7)

Series 04.1 (T4-Y4)

Series 01-02 stainless steel

Series 03-04 stainless steel

Series 20.900 21.900

Wafer cast iron ball valve

NO: for steam, for choking and flow regulation.

(Please ensure the choice of the corresponding item)

1. Inside and outside epoxy coating,

4. The dynamic seal of the stem is guaranteed

5. Blow-out proof stem.

7. Ball with full and straight bore, in chrome-plated

Stem extension for thermal insulation

Square cap for water main system connection

Extension for water main system connection

Kit for lockable operation lever

Kit for limit switches for ON/OFF position indicator

Kit for ISO flanges

Refer to specifications on page 32

In conformity with directive 97/23/CE PEd

double acting and single acting pneumatic actuators

Through-drilled ball for legionella thermal preventive treatment.

Construction and testing norms (correspondences):

Wafer cast iron ball valve

Wafer cast iron ball valve

All remaining fluids G2, L2

NB: the maximum working pressure decreases while the temperature

*: Hazardous gas, liquids (explosive, inflammable, toxic) in accordance with

Liquid - steam saturation line (fluid: water)

Head loss Fluid: water (1m H2O = 0,098bar)

Body: EN GJL 250

Body: EN GJL 250

Body: EN GJL 250

Coating: RAL 5002 colour

Coating: RAL 5002 colour

Body: EN GJL 250

Body: EN GJL 250

Body: EN GJL 250

* Most suitable for district heating for water up to 150 C

Special versions on request.

Flanged ductile iron ball valve

70% della dimensione